[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2018033162A1 - Beam guidance method, and inter-beam coordinated transmission method and apparatus - Google Patents

Beam guidance method, and inter-beam coordinated transmission method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018033162A1
WO2018033162A1 PCT/CN2017/098345 CN2017098345W WO2018033162A1 WO 2018033162 A1 WO2018033162 A1 WO 2018033162A1 CN 2017098345 W CN2017098345 W CN 2017098345W WO 2018033162 A1 WO2018033162 A1 WO 2018033162A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
wireless access
access point
terminal
channel
information
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2017/098345
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刁心玺
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
ZTE Corp
Original Assignee
ZTE Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ZTE Corp filed Critical ZTE Corp
Publication of WO2018033162A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018033162A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0617—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal for beam forming
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/022—Site diversity; Macro-diversity
    • H04B7/024—Co-operative use of antennas of several sites, e.g. in co-ordinated multipoint or co-operative multiple-input multiple-output [MIMO] systems
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0619—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal using feedback from receiving side
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W16/00—Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
    • H04W16/24—Cell structures
    • H04W16/28—Cell structures using beam steering

Definitions

  • This document relates to, but is not limited to, the field of radio communications, and in particular, to a beam steering method, an inter-beam cooperative transmission method and apparatus.
  • the rapid migration of the terminal communication link between cells through coordinated transmission between cells is a requirement for the subsequent evolution of the LTE (Long Term Evolution) system.
  • the multi-point coordinated transmission in the LTE system is proposed to improve the transmission rate of the cell edge terminal, that is, to improve the signal strength received by the terminal in the edge region.
  • Multi-point coordinated transmission (CoMP) is implemented on the premise of inter-cell interference coordination.
  • Multi-point coordinated transmission is a transmit diversity that is implemented when multi-point interference is circumvented.
  • Multiple-input multiple-output , MIMO) transmission method is implemented using MIMO (MIMO) transmission method.
  • CS/CB Coordinated Scheduling and Beamforming
  • the data of the terminal UE can be obtained from the serving node, and the scheduling and beamforming of the user are based on the coordination result between the eNodeBs in the CoMP cluster.
  • JPT Joint Processing and Transmission
  • Dynamic node selection dynamically selecting an eNodeB from a cluster of eNodeBs participating in coordinated transmission according to CSI information, for transmitting data to the UE;
  • non-coherent transmission For multiple eNodeBs to simultaneously transmit data to the UE, there are two cases: non-coherent transmission and coherent transmission.
  • the typical mode of the non-coherent transmission is transmit diversity, and the typical manner of the coherent transmission is MIMO transmission.
  • CoMP multi-point coordinated transmission
  • the control command is essentially based on the traditional control command of the local cell transmission or single stream transmission; the other is the application number 200910203029.9, and the invention name is: "a multi-cell scheduling information sending method, device and user equipment"
  • One of the nodes participating in the CoMP is used as a control node, and the control node sends a scheduling instruction to control data transmission of other nodes participating in the COPM transmission.
  • the mobile station searches for all pilot signals to detect existing CDMA channels and measure their strength.
  • the mobile station detects that the pilot signal set or the pilot signal set pilot signal strength exceeds T_ADD, it transmits a Pilot Strength Measurement Message (PSMM) to the serving base station.
  • PSMM Pilot Strength Measurement Message
  • the serving base station sends the report to the MSC, and the MSC notifies the handover destination base station to arrange a forward traffic channel to the mobile station, and the two base station forward traffic channels will transmit exactly the same modulation symbols except the power control subchannel, and are sent by the serving base station.
  • a Handoff Direction Message including a PN number, a forward traffic channel number, and a handover parameter of the handover destination base station, instructing the mobile station to start handover.
  • the mobile station adds the handover target base station PN to the effective pilot set according to the received handover indication message, and simultaneously demodulates the two base station forward traffic channels. After the demodulation is completed, a Handoff Completion Message (HCM) is sent.
  • HCM Handoff Completion Message
  • the mobile station As the mobile station moves, when the pilot signal strength of the active pilot set is lower than T_DROP, the mobile station initiates the switch-off timer T_TDROP. When the timer T_TDROP expires, it sends a PSMM to both base stations.
  • the two base stations After receiving the PSMM, the two base stations send the message to the MSC, and the MSC sends back the corresponding HDM, and the base station forwards the packet to the mobile station.
  • the mobile station then moves the pilot signal out of the active set according to the handover indication message, and simultaneously transmits the HCM.
  • the soft handover achieves the process of first connecting and then disconnecting the terminal between the wireless nodes in the same frequency cell, the soft handover of the terminal takes a long time, and only the physical layer measurement process takes 200 milliseconds.
  • the diversity connection between the traffic channel and the terminal of two adjacent base stations is not always necessary, and such a diversity connection limits the flexibility of configuring the time-frequency resources of the traffic channel for the inbound terminal between adjacent base stations.
  • the Tracking While Searching (TWS) radar is a radar that must continue to scan the space while continuously tracking the target.
  • TWS Tracking While Searching
  • ground surveillance radars, multi-function airborne radars, and phased array radars all have this capability, and it is often required that the edge-scanning radar can track multiple targets simultaneously.
  • Advanced fire control or police radars typically use multi-function modules to perform a variety of tactical tasks, either in a multi-target environment or in a multi-target environment.
  • the difference in the number of targets and the difference in the working mode lead to different radar frame periods.
  • the frame period is 10 seconds, and more than 10 seconds will result in underreporting.
  • Patent No. US54720711 the patent entitled “Agile-beam track-while-scan radar system” gives a tracking dwell during its repeatable dwell period and Searching for a radar that is resident on the edge-tracking edge scan, which works by transmitting a tracking dwell and searching for resident illuminating signals during the dwell period; receiving echo signals from the illuminated target; during the dwell period Configuring a predetermined number of tracking dwell intervals; determining the acceleration of the target transmitting the echo signal; prioritizing the acceleration according to the target; updating the illumination frequency for the different levels of the target in one dwell period; inserting the search within the tracking interval Dwell time.
  • the embodiments of the present invention are directed to provide a beam guiding method, an inter-beam coordinated transmission method and device, and a method for quickly acquiring a wireless access point and a terminal without a direct connection between the wireless access point and the terminal.
  • the azimuth information and the channel state can support inter-beam coordinated transmission based on beam pointing or terminal orientation, and realize transparent migration of the terminal between the wireless access points.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a beam guiding method, which should be set to the network side, and the method includes:
  • the first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal;
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points receives feedback information that the terminal responds to the channel probe beam return;
  • Determining a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal according to the feedback information of the channel sounding beam sent by the terminal to the first wireless access point, and sending the second wireless access point according to the terminal The feedback information of the channel sounding beam determines that at least one of the relative directions between the second wireless access point and the terminal is performed;
  • a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal is used as a direction of a communication beam transmitted by the first wireless access point, and a communication beam is configured on the beam direction by the first wireless access point, and the The relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal is used as a direction of the communication beam transmitted by the second wireless access point, and at least one of the communication beams is configured on the beam direction by the second wireless access point.
  • the first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal, including:
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using the first frequency band.
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits two or more different ones to at least one of the first and second spatial regions in an instantaneous multi-beam or instantaneous single beam manner a beam detection beam directed by the beam;
  • the channel sounding beam carries beam indication information, and the beam indication information includes at least one of the following information:
  • ID Beam identification information (ID) of the channel sounding beam, node information to which the channel sounding beam belongs, and pointing information of the channel sounding beam.
  • the transmit power of two or more channel sounding beams sequentially transmitted by the same wireless access point is the same; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are spatially adjacent.
  • the feedback information that the terminal responds to the channel detection beam return including:
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points receives a response from the terminal located in at least one of the first and second spatial regions in response to the channel sounding beam using a second frequency band Feedback information;
  • the frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers;
  • the first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point;
  • the second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the second wireless access point;
  • the communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same.
  • Determining the relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, and determining the at least one of the relative directions between the second wireless access point and the terminal including:
  • the specific amplitude direction finding mode includes at least one of the following: the signal amplitude or power ratio of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam, Determining, by the amplitude direction finding method, an offset angle of a location of the terminal relative to a specific channel probe beam, and using the offset angle to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two More than two channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different beam directions;
  • the ratio of the signal amplitude or power of the two or more channel sounding beams, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam, is determined by the amplitude direction finding method to determine the location of the terminal relative to the specific An offset angle of the channel sounding beam pointing, using the offset angle to determine a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are used by the second wireless access Point transmission with different beam pointing;
  • the centroid direction finding mode includes at least one of: estimating a centroid position of a signal amplitude or a power value of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam; and correspondingly combining the different channel sounding beams Beam pointing angle, calculating the pointing angle of the centroid position Degree, using a pointing angle of the centroid position to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different Beam pointing
  • the maximum direction direction finding manner includes at least one of the following:
  • the method further includes:
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits control information using a control channel configured on the second frequency band.
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points performs control information transmission using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following steps:
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a wireless access point indication signal to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band;
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points uses a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band to end in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region The end sends an ACK or NACK signal;
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits frequency position information of the channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band ;
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a scheduling instruction to a terminal located in at least one of the first spatial area and the second spatial area using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band,
  • the scheduling instruction is configured to assign a time-frequency resource location of an uplink or downlink traffic channel to a terminal served by the communication beam on a first frequency band;
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the measurement of the first wireless access point or the second wireless access point indication signal by the terminal using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band Evaluating the information; or, the at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the service request information of the terminal by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band;
  • the wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block SIB of a cell corresponding to the wireless access point, wireless access point identification information, current transmission power information of the wireless access point, and wireless access.
  • control channel configured in the second frequency band includes any one of the following implementation manners:
  • the first and second wireless access points At least one of the wireless access points receives measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a beam guiding method, which is applied to a terminal side, and the method includes:
  • the terminal uses the communication beam to perform service data transmission with at least one of the first and second wireless access points;
  • the beam direction of the communication beam is determined by the relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, and passes through the first wireless access point.
  • the terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region receives a channel sounding beam transmitted by at least one of the first and second wireless access points using the first frequency band;
  • the channel sounding beam carries beam identification information
  • the beam identification information includes at least one of information: beam identification information (ID) of the channel sounding beam, node information to which the channel sounding beam belongs, and pointing information of the channel sounding beam.
  • ID beam identification information
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal receives or sends a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following implementation manners:
  • the terminal receives an ACK or NACK signal, and the ACK or NACK signal is located in the first spatial region by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band and Transmitting by the wireless terminal in at least one of the second spatial regions;
  • a scheduling instruction for assigning a time-frequency resource location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel to the terminal serving the communication beam on the first frequency band;
  • the wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block SIB of a cell corresponding to the wireless access point, wireless access point identification information, current transmission power information of the wireless access point, and wireless access. Band-supported band information, current spectrum usage status letter of the wireless access point Information and current channel configuration status information of the wireless access point;
  • the frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers;
  • the first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point;
  • the second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and an adjacent area of the service area of the second wireless access point; between the first space area and the second space area At least partial overlap;
  • the communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same.
  • the terminal receives or sends a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following implementation manners:
  • the control signal receives, by the terminal, the control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a time-frequency window of the downlink control channel; wherein the downlink control channel time-frequency window is opened in the macro cell In the second frequency band, the control signal is sent by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the downlink control channel time-frequency window;
  • a control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a time-frequency window of the downlink control channel, where the downlink control channel time-frequency window is opened by the first and second wireless accesses
  • the second frequency band used by the single-frequency network channel formed by the point the control signal is sent by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the time-frequency window of the downlink control channel;
  • the measurement reporting information or the service request information is received by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the uplink control channel time-frequency window;
  • the second frequency band used by the diversity receiving channel is formed on the measurement of the terminal
  • the message or service request information is received by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points within the uplink control channel time-frequency window.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides an inter-beam coordinated transmission method, which is applied to network measurement, and the method includes:
  • the second wireless access point sends the scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band by using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point;
  • the second wireless access point configures the first communication beam in its opposite direction to the terminal.
  • the second wireless access point sends the scheduling information to the terminal in the second frequency band by using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point, and includes any one of the following implementation steps:
  • a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal in which time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization are performed between the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point in at least one of the time intervals
  • the method of transmitting the same scheduling information to the terminal where the scheduling information is a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal on the first communication beam configured by the first wireless access point; wherein, the first and the second The wireless access point transmits the signal carrying the scheduling information by using the same channel code and the same cell scrambling code;
  • the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point is at the time And using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval to send scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;
  • the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point is at the time Sending scheduling information to the terminal using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval in the interval, where the scheduling information is configured by the terminal on the first wireless access point.
  • the time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel is specified on the first communication beam.
  • the second wireless access point configures the first communication beam in a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal, and includes any one of the following implementation steps:
  • the second communication beam and the first wireless access point respectively use the second communication beam and the method according to time synchronization, frequency synchronization and symbol synchronization. Transmitting, by the first communication beam, the same service data to the terminal;
  • the second communication beam and the first communication beam respectively receive the same from the terminal by using the second communication beam and the first communication beam respectively.
  • Business data
  • the first wireless access point interrupts transmitting service data to the terminal at a time-frequency location of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and the second wireless access point passes the second communication at the time-frequency location. Transmitting a service data to the terminal;
  • the first wireless access point interrupts receiving service data from the terminal at a time-frequency location of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and the second wireless access point passes the second communication at the time-frequency location.
  • the beam receives service data from the terminal;
  • the first wireless access point receives the service data from the terminal using the first communication beam, and the time-frequency of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, in the scheduling information, for the time-frequency location of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal.
  • the second wireless access point transmits the service data to the terminal through the second communication beam at the time-frequency location;
  • the first wireless access point sends the service data to the terminal by using the first communication beam in the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and the time-frequency of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information.
  • the second wireless access point receives service data from the terminal through the second communication beam at the time-frequency location.
  • the method further includes:
  • the scheduling information sending step if the signal strength of the channel detecting beam is less than or equal to the predetermined signal strength threshold, if the signal strength of the channel detecting beam is not within the range of the boundary angle value, the second wireless access point and the second A wireless access point is determined not to be in a potential cooperative transmission state between beams, and the scheduling information transmitting step is not performed; wherein the boundary angle value is a boundary of an effective service area supported by the communication beam of the first wireless access point. Corresponding azimuth angle.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a beam guiding apparatus, which is applied to a network side, where the apparatus includes a channel detecting beam transmitting unit, a channel detecting beam feedback information receiving unit, a terminal relative direction determining unit, and a communication beam configuring unit.
  • the channel sounding beam transmitting unit is configured to enable the first and second wireless access points to respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal;
  • the channel sounding beam feedback information receiving unit is configured to enable at least one of the first and second wireless access points to receive feedback information that the terminal responds to the channel sounding beam returning;
  • the terminal relative direction determining unit is configured to perform at least one of: determining a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal according to the feedback information of the channel sounding beam sent by the terminal to the first wireless access point. And determining a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal according to the feedback information of the channel sounding beam sent by the terminal to the second wireless access point;
  • the communication beam configuration unit is configured to perform at least one of: directing a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal as a beam direction of a communication beam transmitted by the first wireless access point, Configuring the communication beam by the first wireless access point on the beam direction, and using the relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal as the beam of the communication beam transmitted by the second wireless access point, The second wireless access point configures the communication beam on the beam pointing.
  • the channel sounding beam transmitting unit is configured to cause at least one of the first and second wireless access points to transmit to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using the first frequency band Channel sounding beam.
  • the channel sounding beam transmitting unit is configured to: enable at least one of the first and second wireless access points to be at least one of the first and second spatial regions in an instantaneous multi-beam or instantaneous single beam manner One spatial region transmits two or more channel sounding beams with different beam directions;
  • the channel detection beam carries beam indication information
  • the beam indication information includes at least one type of information: beam identification information of the channel sounding beam, node information to which the channel sounding beam belongs, and pointing information of the channel sounding beam.
  • the transmit power of two or more channel sounding beams sequentially transmitted by the same wireless access point is the same; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are spatially adjacent.
  • the channel sounding beam feedback information receiving unit is configured to: enable at least one of the first and second wireless access points to receive from the first and second spatial regions using a second frequency band
  • the terminal in the at least one spatial region responds to the feedback information returned by the channel sounding beam;
  • the frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers;
  • the first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point;
  • the second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and an adjacent area of the service area of the second wireless access point; between the first space area and the second space area At least partial overlap;
  • the communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same.
  • the terminal relative direction determining unit includes a relative direction estimating module, and the relative direction estimating module is configured to perform any one of the following operational steps:
  • the specific amplitude direction determining step includes at least one of the following: using the signal amplitude or power ratio of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel detecting beam, using a ratio
  • the amplitude direction finding method determines an offset angle of a location of the terminal relative to a specific channel probe beam, and uses the offset angle to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two or two The above channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different beam directions;
  • the ratio of the signal amplitude or power of the two or more channel sounding beams, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam, is determined by the amplitude direction finding method to determine the location of the terminal relative to the specific An offset angle of the channel sounding beam pointing, using the offset angle to determine a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are used by the second wireless access Point transmission with different beam pointing;
  • the centroid direction finding step includes at least one of: estimating a centroid position of a signal amplitude or a power value of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam; and combining corresponding beam directions of the different channel sounding beams Angle, calculating a pointing angle of the centroid position, determining a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal by using a pointing angle of the centroid position; wherein the two or more channel detecting beams are first The wireless access point transmits and has different beam directions;
  • the maximum value direction determining step includes at least one of selecting a maximum value from a signal amplitude or a power value of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, and the channel sounding beam corresponding to the maximum value
  • the beam direction is determined as a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different beam directions;
  • the device further includes: a control information transmission module, configured to enable at least one of the first and second wireless access points to be wirelessly connected before the first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal
  • the ingress uses the control channel configured on the second frequency band for control information transmission.
  • the control information transmission module is configured to perform any one of the following operations:
  • a scheduling instruction Sending a scheduling instruction to a terminal located in at least one of the first spatial area and the second spatial area by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band
  • the scheduling instruction assigns a time-frequency resource location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel to the terminal served by the communication beam on the first frequency band
  • the first wireless access point or the second wireless access point indication signal by the terminal using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band Measuring report information; or, at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the service request information of the terminal by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band;
  • the wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block SIB of a cell corresponding to the wireless access point, wireless access point identification information, current transmission power information of the wireless access point, and wireless access.
  • control channel configured on the second frequency band used by the control information transmission module includes any one of the following implementation manners:
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points is at Receiving measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window;
  • the first and second wireless access points At least one of the wireless access points receives measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a beam guiding device, which is applied to a terminal side, and the device includes:
  • a channel detecting beam receiving unit configured to enable the terminal to receive the channel detecting beams respectively sent by the first and second wireless access points
  • a channel sounding beam feedback unit configured to enable the terminal to send feedback information to the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in response to the channel sounding beam; when the terminal sends the information to the first wireless access point When the information is fed back, the feedback information is used to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal. When the terminal sends the feedback information to the second wireless access point, the feedback information is used to determine the second wireless access. The relative direction between the point and the terminal;
  • a service transmission unit configured to enable the terminal to pass through the communication beam with the first and second wireless access points At least one wireless access point performs service data transmission;
  • the direction of the communication beam is determined by a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, and is obtained by the first wireless access point.
  • the beam is directed to the communication beam; when the terminal and the second wireless access point perform service data transmission, the direction of the communication beam is determined by the relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal, and passes The second wireless access point configures the communication beam on the beam pointing.
  • the channel sounding beam receiving unit is configured to: receive, by the terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region, at least one of the first and second wireless access points Channel detection beam transmitted using the first frequency band;
  • the channel detection beam carries beam identification information
  • the beam identification information includes at least one type of information: beam identification information of the channel sounding beam, node information of the channel sounding beam, and pointing information of the channel sounding beam.
  • the channel sounding beam feedback unit is configured to: cause a terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region to wirelessly connect to at least one of the first and second wireless access points using the second frequency band
  • the ingress sends its feedback information in response to the channel sounding beam
  • the frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers;
  • the first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point;
  • the second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and an adjacent area of the service area of the second wireless access point; between the first space area and the second space area At least partial overlap;
  • the communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same.
  • the channel sounding beam receiving unit is further configured to: receive two or more channel sounding beams having different beam directions in a continuous receiving time window, and acquire a signal corresponding to the specific channel sounding beam. Strength or power and beam identification information.
  • the channel sounding beam feedback unit is further configured to: within a continuous feedback time window The signal strength or power and beam identification information corresponding to two or more channel sounding beams having different beam directions are fed back.
  • the apparatus further includes: a control information transceiver module configured to receive or transmit a control signal using a control channel configured on the second frequency band before the terminal receives the channel sounding beams transmitted by the first and second wireless access points.
  • a control information transceiver module configured to receive or transmit a control signal using a control channel configured on the second frequency band before the terminal receives the channel sounding beams transmitted by the first and second wireless access points.
  • the control information transceiver module receives or sends a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following implementation manners:
  • the wireless access point indication signal being used by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points to use the downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band to the first and second Sending at least one spatial area in the spatial area;
  • the ACK or NACK signal being used by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points to locate the first spatial region and the second space using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band Transmitting at least one of the wireless terminals in the area;
  • the transmission time window information of the channel sounding beam is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points, using a downlink control channel configured in the second frequency band Transmitting at least one of the first and second spatial regions;
  • the scheduling instruction being used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points to use at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band
  • the wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block SIB of a cell corresponding to the wireless access point, wireless access point identification information, current transmission power information of the wireless access point, and wireless access.
  • the control information transceiver module receives or transmits a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following steps:
  • the control signal in a downlink control channel time-frequency window, where the downlink control channel time-frequency window is opened on a second frequency band used by the macro cell, the first sum At least one of the second wireless access points transmits a control signal in a time-frequency window of the downlink control channel;
  • the downlink control channel time-frequency window opening a single frequency formed by the first and second wireless access points
  • the second frequency band used by the network channel, the first and second wireless access points send control signals in the time-frequency window of the downlink control channel
  • the uplink control channel time-frequency window Opening a diversity receive channel formed by the first and second wireless access points In the second frequency band used, at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the uplink control channel time-frequency window.
  • the control information transceiver module is further configured to receive scheduling information sent according to any one of the following steps:
  • the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point is at the time And using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval to send scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;
  • the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point is at the time
  • the scheduling information is sent to the terminal by using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval in the interval, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies the uplink or downlink service on the first communication beam configured on the first wireless access point.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides an inter-beam coordinated transmission apparatus, which is applied to a network side, and includes: a cooperative transmission scheduling unit and a cooperative communication beam configuration unit;
  • the cooperative transmission scheduling unit is configured to enable the second wireless access point to send scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band by using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point;
  • the cooperative communication beam configuration unit is configured to configure the second wireless access point to configure the first communication beam in a relative direction between the terminal and the terminal.
  • the cooperative transmission scheduling unit is configured to perform any of the following implementation steps:
  • a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal in which at least one time interval, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are in accordance with time Steps, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization are used to send the same scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is a time-frequency position of the uplink or downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal on the first communication beam configured on the first wireless access point;
  • the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point is at the time And using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval to send scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;
  • the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point is at the time
  • the scheduling information is sent to the terminal by using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval in the interval, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies the uplink or downlink service on the first communication beam configured on the first wireless access point.
  • the cooperative communication beam configuration unit is configured to perform any of the following implementation steps:
  • the second communication beam and the first wireless access point respectively use the second communication beam and the method according to time synchronization, frequency synchronization and symbol synchronization. Transmitting, by the first communication beam, the same service data to the terminal;
  • the second communication beam and the first communication beam respectively receive the same from the terminal by using the second communication beam and the first communication beam respectively.
  • Business data
  • the first wireless access point interrupts transmitting service data to the terminal at a time-frequency location of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and the second wireless access point passes the second communication at the time-frequency location. Transmitting a service data to the terminal;
  • the first wireless access point interrupts receiving service data from the terminal at a time-frequency location of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and the second wireless access point passes the second communication at the time-frequency location.
  • the beam receives service data from the terminal;
  • the first wireless access point receives the service data from the terminal using the first communication beam in the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and specifies the terminal in the scheduling information.
  • the second wireless access point transmits the service data to the terminal through the second communication beam at the time-frequency location;
  • the first wireless access point sends the service data to the terminal by using the first communication beam in the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and the time-frequency of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information.
  • the second wireless access point receives service data from the terminal through the second communication beam at the time-frequency location.
  • the apparatus further includes: an inter-beam potential cooperative transmission state determining unit, configured to: before the second wireless access point uses the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point to send scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band , performing potential cooperative transmission state judgment between beams.
  • the inter-beam potential cooperative transmission state determining unit is configured to perform any one of the following operational steps:
  • the scheduling information sending step if the signal strength of the channel detecting beam is less than or equal to the predetermined signal strength threshold, if the signal strength of the channel detecting beam is not within the range of the boundary value, the second wireless access point and the first wireless The access point is determined not to be in a potential coordinated transmission state between the beams, and the scheduling information sending step is not performed; wherein the boundary angle value is an azimuth angle corresponding to a boundary of an effective service area supported by the communication beam of the first wireless access point; .
  • Beam guiding method, inter-beam cooperative transmission method and device provided by embodiment of the present invention overcome
  • the prior art when there is no direct signaling connection between the wireless access point and the terminal, the relative orientation information and channel state between the wireless access point and the terminal cannot be quickly obtained, and the wireless access point cannot be determined in real time.
  • At least one of the disadvantages of the potential cooperative transmission relationship between adjacent wireless access point beams enables real-time measurement and control of the terminal orientation and the terminal channel state, and realizes coordinated transmission of the terminal between adjacent wireless access points, and realizes Transparent or transparent switching of the terminal communication link between adjacent wireless access points.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a beam guiding method according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of another beam guiding method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a method for inter-beam coordinated transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of operation of a channel sounding beam and a communication beam according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a beam guiding apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another beam guiding apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an inter-beam coordinated transmission apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a protection band in an LTE channel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a beam guiding method, a method and a device for co-beam inter-beam transmission, which can quickly acquire a relative orientation between the wireless access point and the terminal without a direct connection between the wireless access point and the terminal.
  • the side-scanning side tracking idea is borrowed into a scenario suitable for communication in a narrow beam mode, and the base station performs tracking while using the communication beam to transmit service data (using the channel sounding beam to orient the current or potential terminal).
  • the channel state is detected in a manner that can realize the implementation of the relevant terminal location and channel state between different base stations or wireless access points, and can also realize coordinated transmission of beams between different base stations or wireless access points;
  • the control channel is configured for the terminal by macro diversity or node replacement between the neighboring base stations or the wireless access point, for example, the terminal performs uplink or downlink traffic channel configuration time-frequency resource scheduling channel, and the adjacent base station Or the terminal between the wireless access points has no perceptual (transparent) transfer, thereby implementing transparent switching of the mobile terminal between adjacent wireless access points or base stations;
  • the control channel sent by the wireless access point such as the cell information broadcast channel or the scheduling channel sent by the micro cell wireless access point, is configured in a frequency band occupied by the downlink channel of the macro cell, or configured in multiple wireless access points.
  • the single-frequency network channel is in a practical frequency band, so that the terminal residing on the macro cell or the single-frequency network can quickly discover the micro-area wireless access point existing in the vicinity thereof, thereby realizing the micro-area wireless access points or the micro-areas and macros.
  • the channel sounding beam is different from the traffic channel beam or the communication beam, and the channel sounding beam is not identical to the frequency band used by the traffic channel beam or the communication beam or the frequency band used; using the same antenna port or Different antenna ports transmit channel sounding beams and communication beams; the channel sounding beams have the same or different beam shapes as the communication beams; both the channel sounding beams and the communication beams use electromechanical servoing to adjust the beam direction or both use beamforming techniques to adjust the beam direction.
  • a flow chart of a beam guiding method is applied to a network side according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method includes the following steps:
  • the first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal;
  • S130 performs at least one of the following:
  • S104 performs at least one of the following:
  • a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal is used as a direction of a communication beam transmitted by the first wireless access point, and a communication beam is configured on the beam direction by the first wireless access point;
  • the relative direction between the wireless access point and the terminal is used as a direction of the communication beam transmitted by the second wireless access point, and the communication beam is configured on the beam direction by the second wireless access point.
  • the first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal, including:
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using the first frequency band.
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits channel sounding beams to at least one of the first and second spatial regions, including:
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits two or more different ones to at least one of the first and second spatial regions in an instantaneous multi-beam or instantaneous single beam manner a beam detection beam directed by the beam;
  • the channel sounding beam carries beam indication information
  • the beam indication information includes at least one of information: beam identification information (ID) of the channel sounding beam, node information to which the channel sounding beam belongs, and pointing information of the channel sounding beam.
  • ID beam identification information
  • the two or more channel sounding beams sequentially transmitted by the same wireless access point have the same transmitting power, and the two or more channel sounding beams are spatially adjacent.
  • the at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the feedback information that the terminal responds to the channel sounding beam return, including:
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points receives a response from the terminal located in at least one of the first and second spatial regions in response to the channel sounding beam using a second frequency band Feedback information;
  • the frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers;
  • the first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point;
  • the second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the second wireless access point;
  • the communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same.
  • Determining the relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, and determining the at least one of the relative directions between the second wireless access point and the terminal including:
  • the specific amplitude direction finding method includes at least one of the following:
  • the ratio of the signal amplitude or power of the two or more channel sounding beams, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam, is determined by the amplitude direction finding method to determine the location of the terminal relative to the specific An offset angle pointed by the channel sounding beam, the offset angle is used to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal; the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point And with different beam pointing;
  • the ratio of the signal amplitude or power of the two or more channel sounding beams, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam, is determined by the amplitude direction finding method to determine the location of the terminal relative to the specific An offset angle pointed by the channel sounding beam, the offset angle is used to determine a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal; the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the second wireless access point And with different beam pointing.
  • the centroid direction finding method includes at least one of the following:
  • the maximum direction direction finding manner includes at least one of the following:
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points is in an instantaneous multi-beam or instantaneous single beam manner to at least one of the first and second spatial regions.
  • Transmitting two or more channel sounding beams with different beam directions including: the first wireless access point 401 transmits four channel sounding beams 411 having different beam directions to the terminal 451 that it serves in an instantaneous single beam manner, 412, 413, and 414, the four channel sounding beams having different beam directions form four differently spaced and overlapping illumination regions 411', 412', 413', and 414' around the terminal 451.
  • the channel sounding beams 411, 412, 413, and 414 used herein have different beam directions from the communication beam 420 transmitted by the first wireless access point 401; in an ideal state, the communication beam 420
  • the visual axis direction points to the point where the receiving antenna of the terminal 451 is located, and the visual axis directions of the channel detecting beams 411, 412, 413, and 414 are offset from the point of the receiving antenna of the terminal 451 by an offset angle value.
  • the channel sounding beams 411, 412, 413, and 414 used herein use different or not identical frequencies to the communication beam 420 transmitted by the first wireless access point 401; the communication beam 420 transmitted by the first wireless access point 401 uses 60 GHz millimeters.
  • the first sub-band within the wave band transmits communication data
  • the channel detection beams 411, 412, 413, and 414 transmit communication data using a second sub-band within the 60 GHz millimeter wave band; or the communication transmitted by the first wireless access point 401
  • Beam 420 transmits communication data using a first sub-band within the 60 GHz millimeter wave band
  • channel detection beams 411, 412, 413, and 414 transmit channel detection signals using sub-bands in the first sub-band.
  • the channel sounding beams 411, 412, 413, and 414 used herein use different frequencies than the communication beam 420 transmitted by the first wireless access point 401;
  • the second wireless access point 402 transmits to the terminal served by the first wireless access point 401 with different beam directions.
  • Channel detection beam including:
  • the second wireless access point 402 transmits four channel sounding beams (not shown in FIG. 4) having different beam directions to the terminal 451 served by the first wireless access point 401 in an instantaneous multi-beam manner; the four have different beams.
  • the pointed channel probe beam forms four differently spaced and overlapping illumination regions (not shown in Figure 4) around the terminal 451.
  • the implementation of the ratio direction direction comprises: the first wireless node 401 acquires signal strength measurement information for four channel sounding beams 411, 412, 413 and 414 having different beam directions from the terminal 451, using the channel sounding beam.
  • the difference between the signal strengths between 411 and 412 and the beam shape information of the two channel sounding beams, the first dimension offset angle of the receiving antenna 451 with respect to the channel sounding beam 411 is calculated, and the channel detecting beams 413 and 414 are used.
  • the difference between the signal strengths and the beam shape information of the two channel sounding beams, the second dimension offset angle of the receiving antenna relative to the channel sounding beam 413 is calculated; the beam pointing of the channel detecting beams 411 and 413 and the first The one and second dimensional offset angles determine the azimuth angle of the terminal 451 relative to the first wireless access point 401.
  • the second wireless access point 402 adopts a specific step of the amplitude direction finding method, and the second wireless access point 402 transmits four channel detecting beams with different beam directions to the terminal 451 (not shown in FIG. 4). Then, the uplink channel acquisition terminal 451 between the terminal 451 and the first wireless access point 401 or the second wireless access point 402 acquires signal strength measurement information for the four channel sounding beams having different beam directions.
  • the method before the first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal, the method further includes:
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits control information using a control channel configured on the second frequency band.
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points performs control information transmission by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following steps:
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a wireless access point indication signal to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band;
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits an ACK to the wireless terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band Or NACK signal;
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits frequency position information of the channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band ;
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a scheduling instruction to a terminal located in at least one of the first spatial area and the second spatial area using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band,
  • the scheduling instruction is configured to assign a time-frequency resource location of an uplink or downlink traffic channel to a terminal served by the communication beam on a first frequency band;
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the measurement of the first wireless access point or the second wireless access point indication signal by the terminal using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band Evaluating information; or at least one of the first and second wireless access points The point receives the service request information of the terminal by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band;
  • the wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block (SIB) of the cell corresponding to the wireless access point, a wireless access point identification information, and a current transmit power of the wireless access point.
  • SIB system information block
  • control channel configured on the second frequency band includes any one of the following implementation manners:
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points is at Receiving measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window;
  • the first and second wireless access points At least one of the wireless access points receives measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window.
  • the time-frequency window used by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels is opened on the second frequency band used by the macro cell downlink channel, or by the first and second wireless access points.
  • a second frequency band used by the composed single frequency network opens a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels, wherein the location of the time-frequency window on the second frequency band includes, reference Figure 8: Protection bands 821 and 822 set in the LTE channel bandwidth; the guard band 821 or 822 set in each LTE channel bandwidth includes: a guard band within the LTE uplink channel bandwidth and a guard band within the LTE downlink channel bandwidth At least one of them; the locations of the guard bands 821 and 822 within the LTE channel bandwidth within the LTE channel bandwidth are shown in FIG.
  • resource blocks 811 and 812 provide frequency resources occupied by time-frequency windows used by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels.
  • another beam guiding method according to an embodiment of the present invention is applied to a terminal side, and the method includes the following steps:
  • the S210 terminal receives the channel sounding beams respectively sent by the first and second wireless access points;
  • the terminal sends, to the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, the feedback information that is in response to the channel sounding beam; when the terminal sends the feedback information to the first wireless access point, the feedback information For determining a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, when the terminal sends the feedback information to the second wireless access point, the feedback information is used to determine the second wireless access point and the terminal Relative direction
  • the terminal uses the communication beam to perform service data transmission with at least one of the first and second wireless access points;
  • the beam direction of the communication beam is determined by a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, and the communication beam is configured on the beam direction by the first wireless access point; or the communication beam Beam pointing by the relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal And configuring, by the second wireless access point, the communication beam on the beam pointing.
  • the terminal receives the channel sounding beams respectively sent by the first and second wireless access points, including:
  • the terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region receives a channel sounding beam transmitted by at least one of the first and second wireless access points using the first frequency band;
  • the channel sounding beam carries beam identification information
  • the beam identification information includes at least one of information: beam identification information (ID) of the channel sounding beam, node information to which the channel sounding beam belongs, and pointing information of the channel sounding beam.
  • ID beam identification information
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal receives or sends a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following implementation manners:
  • the terminal receives an ACK or NACK signal, and the ACK or NACK signal is located in the first spatial region by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band and Transmitting by the wireless terminal in at least one of the second spatial regions;
  • a scheduling instruction for assigning a time-frequency resource location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel to the terminal serving the communication beam on the first frequency band;
  • the wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block SIB of a cell corresponding to the wireless access point, wireless access point identification information, current transmission power information of the wireless access point, and wireless access.
  • a system information block SIB of a cell corresponding to the wireless access point wireless access point identification information
  • current transmission power information of the wireless access point and wireless access.
  • the frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers;
  • the first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point;
  • the second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and an adjacent area of the service area of the second wireless access point; between the first space area and the second space area At least partial overlap;
  • the communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same.
  • the terminal receives or sends a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following implementation manners:
  • the control signal receives, by the terminal, the control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a time-frequency window of the downlink control channel; wherein the downlink control channel time-frequency window is opened in the macro cell In the second frequency band, the control signal is sent by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the downlink control channel time-frequency window;
  • a control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a time-frequency window of the downlink control channel, where the downlink control channel time-frequency window is opened in the first and the The second frequency band used by the single frequency network channel formed by the two wireless access points, wherein the control signal is included in the downlink control channel time-frequency window by at least one of the first and second wireless access points send;
  • the measurement reporting information or the service request information is received by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the uplink control channel time-frequency window;
  • the terminal Transmitting, by the terminal, a control signal to at least one of the first and second wireless access points in an uplink control channel time-frequency window, where the uplink control channel time-frequency window is opened by the first and second wireless access points
  • the measurement reporting information or service request information of the terminal is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the uplink control channel time-frequency window. Received internally.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a beam-guided transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method includes the following steps:
  • the second wireless access point sends scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band by using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point.
  • the second wireless access point configures the first communication beam in a relative direction between the terminal and the terminal.
  • the second wireless access point sends the scheduling information to the terminal in the second frequency band by using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point, including any one of the following implementation steps:
  • a macrodiversity transmitting step of scheduling information in a time interval sequence configured for a scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access
  • the same scheduling information is sent to the terminal in a manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, where the scheduling information is a time-frequency position at which the terminal specifies an uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;
  • a macrodiversity transmitting step of scheduling information in a time interval sequence configured for a scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access Sending the same scheduling information to the terminal according to time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, where the scheduling information is configured by the terminal on the first wireless access point.
  • the scheduling information is configured by the terminal on the first wireless access point.
  • the time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel is specified on the first communication beam.
  • the second wireless access point configures the first communication beam in a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal, and includes any one of the following implementation steps:
  • the macro diversity transmitting step of the traffic channel in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the second wireless access point and the Using a second communication beam and a first communication beam to transmit the same service data to the terminal in a manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, respectively, between the wireless access points;
  • the macro diversity receiving step of the traffic channel in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, at the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel designated by the terminal, the second wireless access point and the Receiving the same service data from the terminal using a second communication beam and a first communication beam respectively between the wireless access points;
  • the replacement transmission step of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmission step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmission step of the scheduling information, is the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, and the first wireless access point is interrupted Transmitting, by the terminal, the service data, where the second wireless access point sends the service data to the terminal by using the second communication beam at the time-frequency location;
  • An alternate receiving step of the traffic channel, a macro diversity transmitting step of scheduling information or scheduling information The first wireless access point interrupts receiving service data from the terminal, and the second wireless access point passes the time-frequency position at the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information sent by the transmitting step.
  • the second communication beam receives service data from the terminal;
  • the uplink and downlink different node transmitting and receiving steps of the traffic channel in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, the time interval of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the first wireless access point Receiving service data from the terminal by using the first communication beam, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, in the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the second wireless The access point transmits the service data to the terminal through the second communication beam at the time-frequency location;
  • the uplink and downlink different node transmitting and receiving steps of the traffic channel in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the first wireless access point Transmitting the service data to the terminal by using the first communication beam, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, at the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the second wireless The access point receives traffic data from the terminal over the second communication beam at the time-frequency location.
  • the method before the second wireless access point transmits the scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point, the method further includes: performing inter-beam potential cooperation
  • the transmission status judgment includes any one of the following implementation steps:
  • the signal strength of the channel sounding beam transmitted by the ingress point is compared with a predetermined signal strength threshold; if the signal strength of the channel sounding beam is greater than the predetermined signal strength threshold within the angular range of the boundary angle value, Second wireless access point and first wireless The access point is determined to be in a potential coordinated transmission state between the beams, and the step of transmitting the scheduling information is performed; if the angle of the boundary angle value is not within the range of the angle, or the signal strength of the channel detecting beam is less than or equal to the predetermined signal
  • the strength threshold determines that the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are not in a potential cooperative transmission state between the beams, and the scheduling information sending step is not performed.
  • the boundary value of the azimuth angle corresponding to the boundary of the effective service area that is, the specific point on the boundary line relative to the second wireless access point 402
  • the azimuth angle value and the pitch angle value; the effective service area supported by the communication beam of the first wireless access point 401 is the second wireless access point service area 403 shown in FIG. 4, and the boundary of the effective service area is as shown in FIG.
  • the boundary line of the first wireless access point service area 403 is shown, the boundary value of the azimuth angle corresponding to the boundary of the effective service area, that is, the specific point on the boundary line relative to the first wireless access point 401 Azimuth angle value and pitch angle value.
  • the terminal 451 and the terminal 451' respectively represent the terminal located at the first location and the terminal located at the second location, and the channel detection sent by the terminal 451' located at the second location to the second wireless access point is detected.
  • the feedback information of the beams 421 to 424 estimates the signal strength of the channel sounding beam in the orientation of the terminal 451', and compares the estimated signal strength of the channel sounding beam at the position of the terminal 451' with the predetermined signal strength threshold I_thr.
  • the comparison result is greater than the predetermined signal strength threshold I_thr, and then the terminal 451' is judged as a potential cooperative transmission terminal, and the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are judged to be in a potential cooperative transmission state between the beams; or, for example, As shown in FIG. 4, the terminal 451 and the terminal 451' respectively represent a terminal located at a first location and a terminal located at a second location; and a channel sounding beam transmitted by the terminal 451' located at the second location for transmitting to the first wireless access point
  • the feedback information of 411 to 414 estimates the signal strength S1 that the terminal can receive when the channel detecting beam illuminates the orientation of the terminal 451', and the use is located.
  • the feedback information of the channel sounding beams 421 to 424 sent by the second wireless access point transmitted by the terminal 451 ′ of the second location estimates the signal strength S2 that the terminal can receive when the channel sounding beam is irradiated in the direction of the terminal 451 ′, and compares S1 with The size of S2, the comparison result is that S2 is greater than S1, and then the terminal 451' located at the second location is judged as the terminal in the potential cooperative transmission state, and the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are judged to be in the Potential cooperative transmission state between beams.
  • the entry point 402 implements the transmission to the same terminal.
  • the first wireless access point 401 sends The beam 440 directed to the terminal 451', the beam 440 and the beam 430 transmitted by the second wireless access point 402 transmit data to the terminal 451' in a transmit diversity or inter-frequency parallel transmission.
  • the determining the direction of the communication beam serving the terminal 451' using the feedback information of the channel sounding beam received from the terminal 451' includes the following steps:
  • the signal amplitude or power ratio of two or more channel sounding beams with different beam directions combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam, using the amplitude lateral method to determine the terminal
  • the offset angle of the location of the 451' relative to the specific channel probe beam using the offset angle to determine the direction of the communication beam serving the terminal 451';
  • the first wireless node 401 acquires signal strength measurement information for four channel sounding beams 411, 412, 413, and 414 having different beam directions from the terminal 451', using the signal strength between the channel sounding beams 411, 412. Comparing the beam shape information of the two channel detection beams, calculating the first-dimensional offset angle of the terminal 451' receiving antenna with respect to the channel detecting beam 411, using the difference between the signal strengths of the channel detecting beams 413, 414, and the like The beam shape information of the channel sounding beams, the second dimension offset angle of the receiving antenna relative to the channel sounding beam 413 is calculated; the beam pointing of the channel detecting beams 411 and 413 and the first and second dimensional offsets are used. The angle of change determines the azimuth angle of the terminal 451' relative to the first wireless access point 401;
  • the orientation of the communication beam 420 of the first wireless access point is adjusted to the azimuth angle by using the azimuth angle of the terminal 451' relative to the first wireless access point 401, and the terminal 451' is at the azimuth angle. Irradiation is performed.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a beam guiding apparatus 500, which is applied to a network side according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the device 500 includes a channel sounding beam transmitting unit 510, a channel sounding beam feedback information receiving unit 520, a terminal relative direction determining unit 530, and a communication beam configuring unit 540;
  • the channel sounding beam transmitting unit 510 is configured to enable the first and second wireless access points to respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal;
  • the channel detection beam feedback information receiving unit 520 is configured to enable at least one of the first and second wireless access points to receive feedback information that the terminal responds to the channel detection beam return;
  • the terminal relative direction determining unit 530 is configured to implement at least one of the following:
  • the feedback information of the channel sounding beam determines a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal
  • the communication beam configuration unit 540 is configured to implement at least one of: directing a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal as a beam direction of a communication beam transmitted by the first wireless access point, by using the first wireless
  • the access point configures the communication beam on the beam direction; and, the relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal is used as the beam direction of the communication beam transmitted by the second wireless access point, and the second wireless connection is performed.
  • the ingress point configures the communication beam on the beam pointing.
  • the channel sounding beam transmitting unit 510 is configured to: cause at least one of the first and second wireless access points to use the first frequency band to at least one of the first and second spatial regions Transmit channel detection beam.
  • the channel sounding beam transmitting unit 510 is configured to: enable at least one of the first and second wireless access points to be in an instantaneous multi-beam or instantaneous single beam manner in the first and second spatial regions. Transmitting at least one spatial region two or more channel sounding beams having different beam directions;
  • the channel sounding beam carries beam indication information
  • the beam indication information includes at least one type of information: beam identification information (ID) of the channel sounding beam, node information of the channel sounding beam, and pointing information of the channel sounding beam. .
  • ID beam identification information
  • the transmit power of the track probe beam is the same.
  • the channel sounding beam feedback information receiving unit 520 is configured to: enable at least one of the first and second wireless access points to receive from the first and second spatial regions using a second frequency band a terminal in at least one of the spatial regions responding to feedback information returned by the channel sounding beam;
  • the frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers;
  • the first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point;
  • the second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and an adjacent area of the service area of the second wireless access point; between the first space area and the second space area At least partial overlap;
  • the communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same.
  • the terminal relative direction determining unit includes a relative direction estimating module, and the relative direction estimating module is configured to perform any one of the following operational steps:
  • the specific amplitude measurement step includes at least one of the following:
  • the ratio of signal amplitudes or powers of two or more channel sounding beams with different beam directions transmitted by the first wireless access point combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam Determining, by using a amplitude direction finding method, an offset angle of a location of the terminal relative to a specific channel probe beam, and using the offset angle to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal;
  • the feedback information of the channel sounding beam to include two or more signal amplitudes or ratios of powers of channel sounding beams with different beam directions transmitted by the second wireless access point, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam Determining, by using the amplitude direction finding method, an offset angle of a location of the terminal relative to a specific channel probe beam, and using the offset angle to determine a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal;
  • the centroid direction finding step includes at least one of the following:
  • Estimating the feedback information of the channel sounding beam comprising two or more centroid positions of signal amplitudes or power values of channel sounding beams having different beam directions transmitted by the first wireless access point; combining the different channel sounding beams Corresponding beam pointing angle, calculating a pointing angle of the centroid position, determining a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal by using a pointing angle of the centroid position;
  • Estimating the feedback information of the channel sounding beam comprising two or more centroid positions of signal amplitudes or power values of channel sounding beams having different beam directions transmitted by the second wireless access point; combining the different channel sounding beams Corresponding beam pointing angle, calculating a pointing angle of the centroid position, determining a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal by using a pointing angle of the centroid position;
  • the maximum value DF step includes at least one of: two or more signal amplitudes or power values of channel sounding beams having different beam directions transmitted by the first wireless access point included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam Selecting a maximum value; determining a beam direction of the channel sounding beam corresponding to the maximum value as a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal;
  • the beam direction of the channel sounding beam is determined as the relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal.
  • the apparatus further includes: a control information transmission module 550, configured to enable at least one of the first and second wireless access points to be wireless before the first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal
  • the access point transmits control information using a control channel configured on the second frequency band.
  • the control information transmission module 550 is configured to perform any of the following operations:
  • a scheduling instruction Sending a scheduling instruction to a terminal located in at least one of the first spatial area and the second spatial area by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band
  • the scheduling instruction assigns a time-frequency resource location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel to the terminal served by the communication beam on the first frequency band
  • the first wireless access point or the second wireless access point indication signal by the terminal using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band Measuring report information; or, at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the service request information of the terminal by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band;
  • the wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block SIB of a cell corresponding to the wireless access point, wireless access point identification information, current transmission power information of the wireless access point, and wireless access.
  • control channel configured on the second frequency band used by the control information transmission module includes any one of the following implementation manners:
  • Transmitting a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point uplink control channels in a second frequency band used by the macro cell uplink channel, and at least one of the first and second wireless access points is wirelessly connected Receiving, in the time-frequency window, receiving measurement report information or service request information of the terminal;
  • the first and second wireless access points At least one of the wireless access points receives measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window.
  • the communication management module 560 is configured to manage the control information transmitted by the control information transmission module 550 according to the inter-beam coordinated transmission function that is implemented, and the management item includes: configuring the communication management module 560 to send the control signaling time frequency to the terminal. a window; a time-frequency window for the communication management module 560 to receive control signaling from the terminal.
  • the communication management module 560 is configured to assign a time-frequency window, a beam scanning mode, and beam identification information to the channel sounding beam transmitting unit 510.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a beam guiding device 600, which is applied to a terminal side, and the device 600 includes:
  • the channel sounding beam receiving unit 610 is configured to enable the terminal to receive the channel sounding beams respectively sent by the first and second wireless access points;
  • the channel sounding beam feedback unit 620 is configured to enable the terminal to send feedback information to the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in response to the channel sounding beam; when the terminal is to the first wireless access point When the feedback information is sent, the feedback information is used to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal. When the terminal sends the feedback information to the second wireless access point, the feedback information is used to determine the second wireless connection. The relative direction between the entry point and the terminal;
  • the service transmission unit 630 is configured to enable the terminal to perform service data transmission with the at least one of the first and second wireless access points by using the communication beam;
  • the direction of the communication beam is determined by a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, and the communication beam is configured on the beam direction by the first wireless access point; or, the communication beam
  • the pointing is determined by a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal, and the communication beam is configured on the beam pointing by the second wireless access point.
  • the channel sounding beam receiving unit 610 is configured to: receive, by the terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region, to the first and second wireless access points One less radio access point uses a channel sounding beam transmitted by the first frequency band; wherein the channel sounding beam carries beam identification information, the beam identification information includes at least one of the following information: beam identification information (ID) of the channel sounding beam And the node information of the channel sounding beam and the pointing information of the channel sounding beam.
  • ID beam identification information
  • the channel sounding beam feedback unit 620 is configured to: cause a terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region to use the second frequency band to wirelessize at least one of the first and second wireless access points
  • the access point transmits feedback information in response to the channel sounding beam; wherein the frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers
  • the first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point; the second spatial area includes a second wireless access point At least one of a service area and an adjacent area of a service area of the second wireless access point; at least partial overlap between the first spatial area and the second spatial area; use of the communication beam and channel sounding beam Different frequencies or frequencies that are not exactly the same.
  • the channel sounding beam receiving unit 610 is further configured to receive two or more channel sounding beams having different beam directions in a continuous receiving time window, and acquire signals corresponding to the specific channel sounding beams. Strength or power and beam identification information.
  • the channel sounding beam feedback unit 620 is further configured to feed back signal strength or power and beam identification information corresponding to two or more channel sounding beams with different beam directions in a continuous feedback time window. .
  • the apparatus further includes a control information transceiver module 640 configured to receive or transmit a control signal using a control channel configured on the second frequency band before the terminal receives the channel sounding beams transmitted by the first and second wireless access points.
  • a control information transceiver module 640 configured to receive or transmit a control signal using a control channel configured on the second frequency band before the terminal receives the channel sounding beams transmitted by the first and second wireless access points.
  • the control information transceiver module 640 is configured to receive or transmit a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, including any one of the following implementation manners:
  • the control information transceiver module receives a wireless access point indication signal, and the wireless access point indication signal uses a downlink control channel configured in a second frequency band by at least one of the first and second wireless access points Transmitting to at least one of the first and second spatial regions;
  • the control information transceiver module receives an ACK or NACK signal, the ACK or NACK letter And transmitting, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, to the wireless terminal located in at least one of the first spatial area and the second spatial area, using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band ;
  • the control information transceiver module receives frequency position information of a channel sounding beam, and the frequency position information of the channel sounding beam is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points to configure a downlink in the second frequency band. Transmitting a control channel to at least one of the first and second spatial regions;
  • the control information transceiver module receives transmission time window information of a channel sounding beam, and the transmission time window information of the channel sounding beam is configured by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points on the second frequency band.
  • the downlink control channel is sent to at least one of the first and second spatial regions;
  • the control information transceiver module receives a scheduling instruction, where the scheduling instruction is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points to use the downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band to be located in the first spatial area and Transmitting, by the terminal in at least one of the two spatial regions, the scheduling instruction assigning a time-frequency resource location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel to the terminal served by the communication beam on the first frequency band;
  • the control information transceiver module sends measurement report information of the wireless access point indication signal, where the measurement report information is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points to use uplink control configured on the second frequency band.
  • the terminal sends service request information, where the service request information is received by at least one of the first and second wireless access points using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band;
  • the wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block SIB of a cell corresponding to the wireless access point, wireless access point identification information, current transmission power information of the wireless access point, and wireless access.
  • the control information transceiver module is configured to receive or transmit a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, including any one of the following steps:
  • the terminal Receiving, by the terminal, the control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a downlink control channel time-frequency window, wherein the downlink control channel time-frequency window opens a second used in the macro cell At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a control signal within the downlink control channel time-frequency window;
  • the terminal Receiving, by the terminal, a control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a downlink control channel time-frequency window, the downlink control channel time-frequency window opening a single in the first and second wireless access points
  • the second frequency band used by the frequency network channel, the first and second wireless access points send control signals in the downlink control channel time-frequency window;
  • first and second At least one of the wireless access points receives measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the uplink control channel time-frequency window;
  • the control information transceiver module is further configured to receive scheduling information sent according to any one of the following steps:
  • a macrodiversity transmitting step of scheduling information in a time interval sequence configured for a scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access
  • the same scheduling information is sent to the terminal in a manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, where the scheduling information is a time-frequency position at which the terminal specifies an uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;
  • a macrodiversity transmitting step of scheduling information in a time interval sequence configured for a scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access Sending the same scheduling information to the terminal in the manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies an uplink or downlink traffic channel on the first communication beam configured on the first wireless access point.
  • Time-frequency position
  • An alternate transmitting step of scheduling information in a time interval sequence configured for a scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the first wireless access point Disconnecting the scheduling information to the terminal, where the second wireless access point sends scheduling information to the terminal using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval in the time interval, where the scheduling information is Determining a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;
  • the time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel is specified on the first communication beam.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an inter-beam coordinated transmission apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the beam steering apparatus according to the fourth embodiment is applied to the network side, and includes: a cooperative transmission scheduling unit 710 and a cooperative communication beam configuration unit 720.
  • the cooperative transmission scheduling unit 710 is configured to enable the second wireless access point to send scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band by using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point;
  • the cooperative communication beam configuration unit 720 is configured to configure the second wireless access point to configure the first communication beam in a relative direction between the terminal and the terminal.
  • the cooperative transmission scheduling unit 710 is configured to perform any of the following implementation steps:
  • a macrodiversity transmitting step of scheduling information in a time interval sequence configured for a scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access
  • the same scheduling information is sent to the terminal in a manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, where the scheduling information is a time-frequency position at which the terminal specifies an uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;
  • a macrodiversity transmitting step of scheduling information in a time interval sequence configured for a scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access Sending the same scheduling information to the terminal in the manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies an uplink or downlink traffic channel on the first communication beam configured on the first wireless access point.
  • Time-frequency position
  • the alternate transmission step of the scheduling information in the transmission of the scheduling information between the wireless access point and the terminal In the time interval sequence configured by the track, in at least one time interval, the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point uses the first wireless access point in the time interval. And transmitting, by the frequency used before the time interval, scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is a time-frequency location at which the terminal specifies an uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;
  • the time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel is specified on the first communication beam.
  • the cooperative communication beam configuration unit 720 is configured to perform any of the following implementation steps:
  • the macro diversity transmitting step of the traffic channel in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the second wireless access point and the Using a second communication beam and a first communication beam to transmit the same service data to the terminal in a manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, respectively, between the wireless access points;
  • the macro diversity receiving step of the traffic channel in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, at the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel designated by the terminal, the second wireless access point and the Receiving the same service data from the terminal using a second communication beam and a first communication beam respectively between the wireless access points;
  • the replacement transmission step of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmission step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmission step of the scheduling information, is the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, and the first wireless access point is interrupted Transmitting, by the terminal, the service data, where the second wireless access point sends the service data to the terminal by using the second communication beam at the time-frequency location;
  • the replacement receiving step of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the scheduling transmitting step of the scheduling information, is the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel designated by the terminal, and the first wireless access point is interrupted
  • the terminal receives the service data
  • the second wireless access point receives the service data from the terminal by using the second communication beam at the time-frequency location
  • the uplink and downlink different node transmitting and receiving steps of the traffic channel, the macro diversity transmitting step or the adjustment of the scheduling information In the scheduling information sent by the replacement transmitting step of the degree information, the first wireless access point receives the service data from the terminal using the first communication beam in the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal, and the macro diversity in the scheduling information And transmitting, by the second radio access point, the second radio access point to the The terminal sends the service data;
  • the uplink and downlink different node transmitting and receiving steps of the traffic channel in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the first wireless access point Transmitting the service data to the terminal by using the first communication beam, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, at the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the second wireless The access point receives traffic data from the terminal over the second communication beam at the time-frequency location.
  • the apparatus further includes an inter-beam potential cooperative transmission state determining unit 730 configured to: before the second wireless access point transmits the scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point , performing potential cooperative transmission state judgment between beams.
  • the inter-beam potential cooperative transmission state determining unit 730 is configured to perform any one of the following operational steps:
  • the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are determined to be in a potential cooperative transmission state between the beams, and the scheduling information sending step is performed; if not within the angular range expressed by the boundary angle value, The second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are determined not to be in a potential cooperative transmission state between the beams, and the scheduling information sending step is not performed;
  • the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are determined to be in a potential cooperative transmission state between the beams, and perform a scheduling information sending step; if not within the angular range expressed by the boundary angle value, or the signal of the channel detecting beam Intensity is less than Or equal to the predetermined signal strength threshold, determining that the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are not in the inter-beam potential cooperative transmission state, and does not perform the scheduling information sending step.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal device 900 may be a mobile communication terminal such as a mobile phone.
  • the terminal device 900 includes a wireless communication unit 901 (such as a 3G or 4G wireless communication unit), one or more processors 902, a memory 903, and one or more modules. Others of the terminal device 900, such as input and output units, interface units, and the like, are not shown, and these are not used to limit the terminal described in this embodiment.
  • the one or more modules are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors 902, wherein the one or more modules have the following functions:
  • the feedback information is used to determine the first a relative direction between the wireless access point and the terminal, when the feedback information is sent to the second wireless access point, the feedback information is used to determine a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal;
  • the terminal uses the communication beam to perform service data transmission with at least one of the first and second wireless access points;
  • the beam direction of the communication beam is determined by a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, and the communication beam is configured on the beam direction by the first wireless access point; or the communication beam The beam direction is determined by a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal, and the communication beam is configured on the beam direction by the second wireless access point.
  • the terminal receives the channel sounding beams respectively sent by the first and second wireless access points, including:
  • the terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region receives a channel sounding beam transmitted by at least one of the first and second wireless access points using the first frequency band;
  • the channel sounding beam carries beam identification information
  • the beam identification information includes at least one type of information: beam identification information (ID) of the channel sounding beam, and a node to which the channel sounding beam belongs Information and pointing information of the channel sounding beam.
  • ID beam identification information
  • the terminal Before the terminal receives the channel sounding beams respectively sent by the first and second wireless access points, the terminal receives or sends a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following implementation manners:
  • the terminal receives an ACK or NACK signal, and the ACK or NACK signal is located in the first spatial region by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band and Transmitting by the wireless terminal in at least one of the second spatial regions;
  • a scheduling instruction for assigning a time-frequency resource location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel to the terminal serving the communication beam on the first frequency band;
  • the wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block SIB of the cell corresponding to the wireless access point, wireless access point identification information, and a current transmission of the wireless access point. Power information, frequency band information supported by the wireless access point, current spectrum usage status information of the wireless access point, and current channel configuration status information of the wireless access point;
  • the frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers;
  • the first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point;
  • the second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and an adjacent area of the service area of the second wireless access point; between the first space area and the second space area At least partial overlap;
  • the communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same.
  • the terminal receives or sends a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following implementation manners:
  • the control signal receives, by the terminal, the control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a time-frequency window of the downlink control channel; wherein the downlink control channel time-frequency window is opened in the macro cell In the second frequency band, the control signal is sent by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the downlink control channel time-frequency window;
  • a control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a time-frequency window of the downlink control channel, where the downlink control channel time-frequency window is opened by the first and second wireless accesses
  • the second frequency band used by the single-frequency network channel formed by the point the control signal is sent by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the time-frequency window of the downlink control channel;
  • the measurement reporting information or the service request information is received by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the uplink control channel time-frequency window;
  • the second frequency band used by the diversity receiving channel formed by the two wireless access points, the measurement reporting information or the service request information of the terminal is used by the at least one wireless access point of the first and second wireless access points
  • the control channel is received within the time-frequency window.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a wireless access point or a base station, where the wireless access point may be at least one of the first wireless access point and the second wireless access point in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the wireless access point or base station includes a wireless communication unit (such as a 3G or 4G wireless communication unit), one or more processors, a memory, and one or more modules; the one or more modules are stored in the memory And being configured to be executed by the one or more processors, wherein the one or more modules have the following functions:
  • the first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal, and at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives feedback information that is returned by the terminal in response to the channel sounding beam;
  • a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal is used as a direction of a communication beam transmitted by the first wireless access point, and a communication beam is configured on the beam direction by the first wireless access point, and the The relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal is used as a direction of the communication beam transmitted by the second wireless access point, and at least one of the communication beams is configured on the beam direction by the second wireless access point.
  • the first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal, including:
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using the first frequency band.
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits channel sounding beams to at least one of the first and second spatial regions, including:
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points is instantaneously multi-beam or instantaneous Transmitting, by the single beam mode, two or more channel sounding beams having different beam directions to at least one of the first and second spatial regions;
  • the channel sounding beam carries beam indication information
  • the beam indication information includes at least one of information: beam identification information (ID) of the channel sounding beam, node information to which the channel sounding beam belongs, and pointing information of the channel sounding beam.
  • ID beam identification information
  • the two or more channel sounding beams sequentially transmitted by the same wireless access point have the same transmitting power, and the two or more channel sounding beams are spatially adjacent.
  • the at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the feedback information that the terminal responds to the channel sounding beam return, including:
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points receives a response from the terminal located in at least one of the first and second spatial regions in response to the channel sounding beam using a second frequency band Feedback information;
  • the frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers;
  • the first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point;
  • the second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the second wireless access point;
  • the communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same.
  • Determining the relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, and determining the at least one of the relative directions between the second wireless access point and the terminal including:
  • the specific amplitude direction finding method includes at least one of the following:
  • the ratio of the signal amplitude or power of the two or more channel sounding beams, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam, is determined by the amplitude direction finding method to determine the location of the terminal relative to the specific An offset angle pointed by the channel sounding beam, the offset angle is used to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal; the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point And with different beam pointing;
  • the ratio of the signal amplitude or power of the two or more channel sounding beams, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam, is determined by the amplitude direction finding method to determine the location of the terminal relative to the specific An offset angle pointed by the channel sounding beam, the offset angle is used to determine a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal; the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the second wireless access point And with different beam pointing.
  • the centroid direction finding method includes at least one of the following:
  • the maximum value direction finding mode includes at least one of selecting a maximum value from signal amplitudes or power values of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam;
  • the beam direction of the probe beam is determined as a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different beam directions ;
  • the method before the first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal, the method further includes:
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits control information using a control channel configured on the second frequency band.
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points performs control information transmission by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following steps:
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a wireless access point indication signal to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band;
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits an ACK or a wireless terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band NACK signal;
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits frequency position information of the channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band ;
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a scheduling instruction to a terminal located in at least one of the first spatial area and the second spatial area using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band,
  • the scheduling instruction is configured to assign a time-frequency resource location of an uplink or downlink traffic channel to a terminal served by the communication beam on a first frequency band;
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the measurement of the first wireless access point or the second wireless access point indication signal by the terminal using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band Evaluating the information; or, the at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the service request information of the terminal by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band;
  • the wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a wireless access point System information block SIB of the corresponding cell, wireless access point identification information, current transmit power information of the wireless access point, frequency band information supported by the wireless access point, current spectrum use status information of the wireless access point, and current wireless access point information Channel configuration status information.
  • control channel configured on the second frequency band includes any one of the following implementation manners:
  • At least one of the first and second wireless access points is at Receiving measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window;
  • the first and second wireless access points At least one of the wireless access points receives measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a wireless access point or a base station, where the wireless access point may be at least one of the first wireless access point and the second wireless access point in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the wireless access point or base station includes a wireless communication unit (such as a 3G or 4G wireless communication unit), one or more processors, a memory, and one or more modules; the one or more modules are stored in the memory And being configured to be executed by the one or more processors, wherein the one or more modules have the following functions:
  • the second wireless access point is configured to configure the first communication beam in a relative direction between it and the terminal.
  • the second wireless access point uses the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point.
  • Sending scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band includes any one of the following implementation steps:
  • a macrodiversity transmitting step of scheduling information in a time interval sequence configured for a scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access
  • the same scheduling information is sent to the terminal in a manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, where the scheduling information is a time-frequency position at which the terminal specifies an uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;
  • a macrodiversity transmitting step of scheduling information in a time interval sequence configured for a scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access Sending the same scheduling information to the terminal in the manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies an uplink or downlink traffic channel on the first communication beam configured on the first wireless access point. a time-frequency location; wherein the first and second wireless access points transmit signals carrying the scheduling information using the same channel code and the same cell scrambling code;
  • the time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel is specified on the first communication beam.
  • the second wireless access point configures the first communication beam in a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal, and includes any one of the following implementation steps:
  • the macro diversity transmitting step of the traffic channel in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the second wireless access point and the Using a second communication beam and a first communication beam to transmit the same to the terminal in a manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, respectively, between the wireless access points Business data;
  • the macro diversity receiving step of the traffic channel in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, at the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel designated by the terminal, the second wireless access point and the Receiving the same service data from the terminal using a second communication beam and a first communication beam respectively between the wireless access points;
  • the replacement transmission step of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmission step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmission step of the scheduling information, is the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, and the first wireless access point is interrupted Transmitting, by the terminal, the service data, where the second wireless access point sends the service data to the terminal by using the second communication beam at the time-frequency location;
  • the replacement receiving step of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the scheduling transmitting step of the scheduling information, is the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel designated by the terminal, and the first wireless access point is interrupted
  • the terminal receives the service data
  • the second wireless access point receives the service data from the terminal by using the second communication beam at the time-frequency location
  • the uplink and downlink different node transmitting and receiving steps of the traffic channel in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, the time interval of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the first wireless access point Receiving service data from the terminal by using the first communication beam, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, in the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the second wireless The access point transmits the service data to the terminal through the second communication beam at the time-frequency location;
  • the uplink and downlink different node transmitting and receiving steps of the traffic channel in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the first wireless access point Transmitting the service data to the terminal by using the first communication beam, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, at the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the second wireless The access point receives traffic data from the terminal over the second communication beam at the time-frequency location.
  • the method before the second wireless access point transmits the scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point, the method further includes: performing inter-beam potential cooperation
  • the transmission status judgment includes any one of the following implementation steps:
  • the signal strength of the channel sounding beam transmitted by the ingress point is compared with a predetermined signal strength threshold; if the signal strength of the channel sounding beam is greater than the predetermined signal strength threshold within the angular range of the boundary angle value, The second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are determined to be in a potential cooperative transmission state between the beams, and the step of transmitting the scheduling information is performed; if the angle is not within the range of the boundary angle value, or the channel detecting beam The signal strength is less than or equal to the predetermined signal strength threshold, and the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are determined not to be in the inter-beam potential cooperative transmission state, and the scheduling information sending step is not performed.
  • the introduction of the channel detection beam can realize the implementation of the relevant terminal location and channel state between different base stations or wireless access points, and can also realize coordinated transmission of beams between different base stations or wireless access points;
  • a control channel is configured for the terminal by macro diversity or node replacement between neighboring base stations or wireless access points to implement a control channel.
  • the method implements a non-aware (transparent) transfer of a terminal between a neighboring base station or a wireless access point, thereby implementing transparent handover of the mobile terminal between adjacent wireless access points or base stations;
  • the control channel sent by the wireless access point such as the cell information broadcast channel or the scheduling channel sent by the micro cell wireless access point, is configured in a frequency band occupied by the downlink channel of the macro cell, or configured in multiple wireless access points.
  • the single-frequency network channel is in a practical frequency band, so that the terminal residing on the macro cell or the single-frequency network can quickly discover the micro-area wireless access point existing in the vicinity thereof, thereby realizing the micro-area wireless access points or the micro-areas and macros.
  • the control channel sent by the wireless access point is configured on a guard band within the LTE channel bandwidth.
  • the embodiments provided by the present invention enable fast acquisition of relative position information and channel state between the wireless access point and the terminal without a direct connection between the wireless access point and the terminal, and determine the wireless connection in real time.
  • At least one of the potential cooperative transmission relationships between the ingress and its neighboring wireless access point beams can support inter-beam coordinated transmission based on beam pointing or terminal orientation to implement transparent migration of the terminal between the wireless access points.
  • the embodiment of the invention further provides a computer readable storage medium storing computer executable instructions, which are implemented by the processor to implement the method described in the foregoing embodiments.
  • computer storage medium includes volatile and nonvolatile, implemented in any method or technology for storing information, such as computer readable instructions, data structures, program modules, or other data. , removable and non-removable media.
  • Computer storage media includes, but is not limited to, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, flash memory or other memory technology, CD-ROM, digital versatile disc (DVD) or other optical disc storage, magnetic cartridge, magnetic tape, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage device, or may Any other medium used to store the desired information and that can be accessed by the computer.
  • communication media typically embodies computer readable instructions, data structures, program modules or other data in a modulated data signal, such as a carrier wave or other transport mechanism, and can include any information delivery media.
  • the present invention has been described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (system), and computer program products according to embodiments of the invention. It should be understood that the flow chart can be implemented by computer program instructions And/or a combination of the processes and/or blocks in the block diagrams, and the flowcharts and/or blocks in the flowcharts. These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device. Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of the flow chart.
  • the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.
  • the embodiment of the invention realizes that the relative orientation information and the channel state between the wireless access point and the terminal are quickly obtained when the wireless access point and the terminal are not directly connected by the signaling, and the wireless access point is adjacent to the wireless access point in real time.
  • At least one of the potential cooperative transmission relationships between the wireless access point beams can support inter-beam coordinated transmission based on beam pointing or terminal orientation to implement transparent migration of the terminal between the wireless access points.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A beam guidance method comprises: a first wireless access point and a second wireless access point send channel probe beams to a terminal (S110); at least one of the access points receives feedback information returned by the terminal in response to the beams (S120); perform at least one of the operations: determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal according to feedback information sent by the terminal to the first wireless access point, and determine a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal according to feedback information sent by the terminal to the second wireless access point (S130); perform at least one of the operations: use the relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal as a direction of a communication beam transmitted by the first wireless access point, and configure the communication beam in the beam direction by means of the first wireless access point, and use the relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal as a direction of a communication beam transmitted by the second wireless access point, and configure the communication beam in the beam direction by means of the second wireless access point (S140).

Description

波束引导方法、波束间协作传输方法及装置Beam guiding method, inter-beam cooperative transmission method and device 技术领域Technical field

本文涉及但不限于无线电通信领域，尤其涉及一种波束引导方法，波束间协作传输方法及装置。This document relates to, but is not limited to, the field of radio communications, and in particular, to a beam steering method, an inter-beam cooperative transmission method and apparatus.

背景技术Background technique

通过小区间的协作传输实现终端通信链路在小区间的快速迁移是LTE(Long term Evolution)系统后续演进的一个需求。LTE系统中多点协同传输的提出是为了提升小区边缘终端的传输速率，即提升边缘区域内的终端接收到的信号强度。多点协同传输(CoMP)的实现是以小区间干扰协调为前提的，多点协同传输是在多点间干扰被规避的情况下实现的发射分集，多输入多输出(Multiple-Input Multiple-Output，MIMO)的传输方式。The rapid migration of the terminal communication link between cells through coordinated transmission between cells is a requirement for the subsequent evolution of the LTE (Long Term Evolution) system. The multi-point coordinated transmission in the LTE system is proposed to improve the transmission rate of the cell edge terminal, that is, to improve the signal strength received by the terminal in the edge region. Multi-point coordinated transmission (CoMP) is implemented on the premise of inter-cell interference coordination. Multi-point coordinated transmission is a transmit diversity that is implemented when multi-point interference is circumvented. Multiple-input multiple-output , MIMO) transmission method.

CS/CB(Coordinated scheduling and beamforming)是一种波束间协调技术，该技术可以动态降低来自其他小区的干扰。终端UE的数据能从服务节点得到，用户的调度和波束赋形是基于CoMP簇内eNodeBs间的协调结果。CS/CB (Coordinated Scheduling and Beamforming) is an inter-beam coordination technique that dynamically reduces interference from other cells. The data of the terminal UE can be obtained from the serving node, and the scheduling and beamforming of the user are based on the coordination result between the eNodeBs in the CoMP cluster.

下行CoMP的核心技术是JPT(Joint processing and transmission)，JPT包括两种实现方式：The core technology of downlink CoMP is JPT (Joint Processing and Transmission). JPT includes two implementation methods:

动态节点选择，根据CSI信息，动态地从一簇参与协同发射的eNodeBs中选出一个eNodeB用于向UE发送数据；Dynamic node selection, dynamically selecting an eNodeB from a cluster of eNodeBs participating in coordinated transmission according to CSI information, for transmitting data to the UE;

联合发送，根据CSI信息，动态地从一簇参与协同发射的eNodeBs中选出两个或多个eNodeB同时用于向UE发送数据；Jointly transmitting, dynamically selecting two or more eNodeBs from a cluster of eNodeBs participating in coordinated transmission according to CSI information, and simultaneously transmitting data to the UE;

对于多个eNodeB同时用于向UE发送数据，分为两种情况：非相干发射和相干发射，所述非相干发射典型方式是发射分集，所述相干发射的典型方式是MIMO传输。For multiple eNodeBs to simultaneously transmit data to the UE, there are two cases: non-coherent transmission and coherent transmission. The typical mode of the non-coherent transmission is transmit diversity, and the typical manner of the coherent transmission is MIMO transmission.

从CoMP的链路控制方式看，一种是LTE系统中CoMP传输采用每个小区或节点分别控制的方式，其特点是：在多点协同传输(CoMP)中，每 个参与多点协同传输的无线节点或小区发出的控制指令只是用于控制本小区与终端间的数据传输，并不对终端与参与多点协同传输的其它节点间的数据传输进行控制，CoMP采用的这种控制指令本质上是基于传统的本小区传输或单流传输的控制命令；另一种是申请号为200910203029.9，发明名称为：“一种多小区调度信息发送方法，装置及用户设备”给出的由参与CoMP的一组节点中的一个节点作为控制节点，该控制节点发送调度指令对参与COPM传输的其它节点的数据传输进行控制。From the perspective of the link control mode of CoMP, one is that the CoMP transmission in the LTE system is controlled by each cell or node separately, and is characterized in that: in multi-point coordinated transmission (CoMP), each The control commands sent by the wireless nodes or cells participating in the coordinated multi-point transmission are only used to control the data transmission between the local cell and the terminal, and do not control the data transmission between the terminal and other nodes participating in the coordinated multi-point transmission. The control command is essentially based on the traditional control command of the local cell transmission or single stream transmission; the other is the application number 200910203029.9, and the invention name is: "a multi-cell scheduling information sending method, device and user equipment" One of the nodes participating in the CoMP is used as a control node, and the control node sends a scheduling instruction to control data transmission of other nodes participating in the COPM transmission.

在软切换过程中，移动台搜索所有导频信号以探测现有的CDMA信道并测量它们的强度。当移动台探测发现相邻导频信号集或者剩余导频信号集导频信号强度超过T_ADD时，它就发送一条导频信号强度测量消息(Pilot Strength Measurement Message，PSMM)至服务基站。During soft handoff, the mobile station searches for all pilot signals to detect existing CDMA channels and measure their strength. When the mobile station detects that the pilot signal set or the pilot signal set pilot signal strength exceeds T_ADD, it transmits a Pilot Strength Measurement Message (PSMM) to the serving base station.

服务基站将该报告送给MSC，MSC通知切换目的基站安排一个前向业务信道给移动台，两基站前向业务信道将发送除功率控制子信道以外的完全相同的调制符号，并由服务基站发送含切换目的基站的PN号、前向业务信道号和切换参数等内容的切换指示消息(Handoff Direction Message，HDM)，指示移动台开始切换。The serving base station sends the report to the MSC, and the MSC notifies the handover destination base station to arrange a forward traffic channel to the mobile station, and the two base station forward traffic channels will transmit exactly the same modulation symbols except the power control subchannel, and are sent by the serving base station. A Handoff Direction Message (HDM) including a PN number, a forward traffic channel number, and a handover parameter of the handover destination base station, instructing the mobile station to start handover.

移动台根据接收到的切换指示消息，将切换目的基站PN加入有效导频集，同时对两基站前向业务信道进行解调。解调完成后发送切换完成消息(Handoff Completion Message，HCM)。The mobile station adds the handover target base station PN to the effective pilot set according to the received handover indication message, and simultaneously demodulates the two base station forward traffic channels. After the demodulation is completed, a Handoff Completion Message (HCM) is sent.

随着移动台的移动，当有效导频集的一个导频信号强度低于T_DROP时，移动台就启动切换去掉定时器T_TDROP。当定时器T_TDROP期满时它就发送一条PSMM至两个基站。As the mobile station moves, when the pilot signal strength of the active pilot set is lower than T_DROP, the mobile station initiates the switch-off timer T_TDROP. When the timer T_TDROP expires, it sends a PSMM to both base stations.

两基站接收到PSMM后，将该消息送至MSC，MSC回送相应的HDM，由基站转发至移动台，移动台再根据切换指示消息将该导频信号移出有效集，同时发送HCM。After receiving the PSMM, the two base stations send the message to the MSC, and the MSC sends back the corresponding HDM, and the base station forwards the packet to the mobile station. The mobile station then moves the pilot signal out of the active set according to the handover indication message, and simultaneously transmits the HCM.

软切换虽然在同频小区间实现了先连接再断开这样的终端在无线节点间的迁移过程，但是，终端软切换的耗时较大，仅物理层测量过程就耗时200毫秒，此外，两个相邻基站的业务信道与终端的分集式连接并不总是必要的，并且这种分集式连接限制了相邻基站间为迁入终端配置业务信道时频资源的灵活性。 Although the soft handover achieves the process of first connecting and then disconnecting the terminal between the wireless nodes in the same frequency cell, the soft handover of the terminal takes a long time, and only the physical layer measurement process takes 200 milliseconds. The diversity connection between the traffic channel and the terminal of two adjacent base stations is not always necessary, and such a diversity connection limits the flexibility of configuring the time-frequency resources of the traffic channel for the inbound terminal between adjacent base stations.

从雷达对目标进行搜索跟踪的技术看，边扫描边跟踪(TWS：Tracking While Searching)雷达是一种在连续跟踪目标的同时，还必须继续对空间进行扫描搜索的雷达。目前，地面监视雷达、多功能机载雷达和相控阵雷达大都具有这种功能，而且常要求边扫描边跟踪雷达能够同时跟踪多个目标。From the radar search and tracking technology, the Tracking While Searching (TWS) radar is a radar that must continue to scan the space while continuously tracking the target. Currently, ground surveillance radars, multi-function airborne radars, and phased array radars all have this capability, and it is often required that the edge-scanning radar can track multiple targets simultaneously.

先进的火控或警械雷达通常采用多功能模块执行多种战术任务，既可以在多目标环境下实施搜索，也可以实施多目标环境下的跟踪。目标数量的不同，工作模式多少的不同导致雷达帧周期的不同，对于机载雷达，为了保证对地平线以上目标的探测，其帧周期为10秒，超过10秒就会导致漏报目标。Advanced fire control or police radars typically use multi-function modules to perform a variety of tactical tasks, either in a multi-target environment or in a multi-target environment. The difference in the number of targets and the difference in the working mode lead to different radar frame periods. For airborne radars, in order to ensure the detection of targets above the horizon, the frame period is 10 seconds, and more than 10 seconds will result in underreporting.

专利号为US54720711，发明名称为“跳波束边扫描边跟踪雷达系统(Agile-beam track-while-scan radar system)”的专利给出了一种在其可重复驻留周期内进行跟踪驻留和搜索驻留的边跟踪边扫描的雷达，其采用的工作方式如下：在驻留周期内发射跟踪驻留和搜索驻留的照射信号；从被照射的目标接收回波信号；在驻留周期内配置预定数目的跟踪驻留间隔；确定发射回波信号的目标的加速度；根据目标的加速度划分其优先级；更新对不同级别的目标在一个驻留周期内的照射频率；在跟踪间隔内插入搜索驻留时间。Patent No. US54720711, the patent entitled "Agile-beam track-while-scan radar system" gives a tracking dwell during its repeatable dwell period and Searching for a radar that is resident on the edge-tracking edge scan, which works by transmitting a tracking dwell and searching for resident illuminating signals during the dwell period; receiving echo signals from the illuminated target; during the dwell period Configuring a predetermined number of tracking dwell intervals; determining the acceleration of the target transmitting the echo signal; prioritizing the acceleration according to the target; updating the illumination frequency for the different levels of the target in one dwell period; inserting the search within the tracking interval Dwell time.

发明内容Summary of the invention

以下是对本文详细描述的主题的概述。本概述并非是为了限制权利要求的保护范围。The following is an overview of the topics detailed in this document. This Summary is not intended to limit the scope of the claims.

本发明实施例期望提供一种波束引导方法，波束间协作传输方法及装置，实现了在无线接入点与终端间无信令直接连接情况下，快速获取该无线接入点与该终端间相对方位信息及信道状态，可以支持基于波束指向或终端方位的波束间协作传输，实现终端在无线接入点间的透明迁移。The embodiments of the present invention are directed to provide a beam guiding method, an inter-beam coordinated transmission method and device, and a method for quickly acquiring a wireless access point and a terminal without a direct connection between the wireless access point and the terminal. The azimuth information and the channel state can support inter-beam coordinated transmission based on beam pointing or terminal orientation, and realize transparent migration of the terminal between the wireless access points.

本发明实施例是这样实现的：The embodiment of the invention is implemented as follows:

本发明实施例提供一种波束引导方法，应设置为网络侧，所述方法包括：The embodiment of the invention provides a beam guiding method, which should be set to the network side, and the method includes:

第一和第二无线接入点分别向终端发送信道探测波束；The first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal;

第一和第二无线接入点中至少一个无线接入点接收所述终端响应所述信道探测波束返回的反馈信息； At least one of the first and second wireless access points receives feedback information that the terminal responds to the channel probe beam return;

根据所述终端对第一无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的反馈信息，确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，和，根据所述终端对第二无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的反馈信息，确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向中至少执行一种；Determining a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal according to the feedback information of the channel sounding beam sent by the terminal to the first wireless access point, and sending the second wireless access point according to the terminal The feedback information of the channel sounding beam determines that at least one of the relative directions between the second wireless access point and the terminal is performed;

将所述第一无线接入点与终端间的相对方向作为第一无线接入点发射的通信波束的指向，通过第一无线接入点在该波束指向上配置通信波束，和，将所述第二无线接入点与终端间的相对方向作为第二无线接入点发射的通信波束的指向，通过第二无线接入点在该波束指向上配置通信波束中至少执行一种。And a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal is used as a direction of a communication beam transmitted by the first wireless access point, and a communication beam is configured on the beam direction by the first wireless access point, and the The relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal is used as a direction of the communication beam transmitted by the second wireless access point, and at least one of the communication beams is configured on the beam direction by the second wireless access point.

所述第一和第二无线接入点分别向终端发送信道探测波束，包括：The first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal, including:

所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第一频带向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射信道探测波束。At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using the first frequency band.

所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射信道探测波束，包括：Transmitting, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, the channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions, including:

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点以瞬时多波束或瞬时单波束方式向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射两个或两个以上的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束；At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits two or more different ones to at least one of the first and second spatial regions in an instantaneous multi-beam or instantaneous single beam manner a beam detection beam directed by the beam;

所述信道探测波束承载波束指示信息，该波束指示信息包括如下至少一种信息：The channel sounding beam carries beam indication information, and the beam indication information includes at least one of the following information:

所述信道探测波束的波束识别信息(ID)、所述信道探测波束所属节点信息和所述信道探测波束的指向信息。Beam identification information (ID) of the channel sounding beam, node information to which the channel sounding beam belongs, and pointing information of the channel sounding beam.

由同一个无线接入点依次发射的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的发射功率相同；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束在空间上相邻。The transmit power of two or more channel sounding beams sequentially transmitted by the same wireless access point is the same; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are spatially adjacent.

所述第一和第二无线接入点中至少一个无线接入点接收所述终端响应所述信道探测波束返回的反馈信息，包括：Receiving, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, the feedback information that the terminal responds to the channel detection beam return, including:

所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第二频带接收从位于所述第一和第二空间区域中至少一个空间区域中的终端响应所述信道探测波束返回的反馈信息； At least one of the first and second wireless access points receives a response from the terminal located in at least one of the first and second spatial regions in response to the channel sounding beam using a second frequency band Feedback information;

其中，所述第一频带的频率高于所述第二频带的频率；或者，所述第一频带与所述第二频带是具有不同频率编号的频带；The frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers;

所述第一空间区域包括第一无线接入点的服务区域和第一无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；The first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point;

所述第二空间区域包括第二无线接入点的服务区域和第二无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；The second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the second wireless access point;

所述第一空间区域与所述第二空间区域之间至少存在部分重叠；At least partial overlap between the first spatial region and the second spatial region;

所述通信波束与所述信道探测波束使用不同的频率或使用不完全相同的频率。The communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same.

所述确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，和，所述确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向中至少一种，包括：Determining the relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, and determining the at least one of the relative directions between the second wireless access point and the terminal, including:

根据比幅测向方式、质心测向方式和最大值测向方式中的任意一种方式确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，和，确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向中至少一种；其中，Determining a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal according to any one of a plane direction finding mode, a centroid direction finding mode, and a maximum value direction finding mode, and determining the second wireless access point and the location At least one of a relative direction between the terminals; wherein

所述比幅测向方式包括以下至少一种：使用信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率间的比值，结合相应信道探测波束的指向角度，采用比幅测向法确定终端所在位置相对于特定信道探测波束指向的偏移角度，使用该偏移角度确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第一无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；The specific amplitude direction finding mode includes at least one of the following: the signal amplitude or power ratio of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam, Determining, by the amplitude direction finding method, an offset angle of a location of the terminal relative to a specific channel probe beam, and using the offset angle to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two More than two channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different beam directions;

使用信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率间的比值，结合相应信道探测波束的指向角度，采用比幅测向法确定终端所在位置相对于特定信道探测波束指向的偏移角度，使用该偏移角度确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第二无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Using the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, the ratio of the signal amplitude or power of the two or more channel sounding beams, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam, is determined by the amplitude direction finding method to determine the location of the terminal relative to the specific An offset angle of the channel sounding beam pointing, using the offset angle to determine a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are used by the second wireless access Point transmission with different beam pointing;

所述质心测向方式包括以下至少一种：估计信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值的质心位置；结合所述不同信道探测波束的相应波束指向角度，计算所述质心位置的指向角 度，使用质心位置的指向角度确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第一无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；The centroid direction finding mode includes at least one of: estimating a centroid position of a signal amplitude or a power value of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam; and correspondingly combining the different channel sounding beams Beam pointing angle, calculating the pointing angle of the centroid position Degree, using a pointing angle of the centroid position to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different Beam pointing

估计信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值的质心位置；结合所述不同信道探测波束的相应波束指向角度，计算所述质心位置的指向角度，使用质心位置的指向角度确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第二无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Estimating the centroid position of the signal amplitude or power value of the two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam; calculating the pointing angle of the centroid position in combination with the corresponding beam pointing angle of the different channel sounding beams Determining a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal using a pointing angle of the centroid position; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the second wireless access point and have different beams direction;

所述最大值测向方式包括以下至少一种：The maximum direction direction finding manner includes at least one of the following:

从信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值中选择最大值，将该最大值对应的信道探测波束的波束指向确定为第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第一无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Selecting a maximum value from signal amplitudes or power values of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, and determining a beam direction of the channel sounding beam corresponding to the maximum value as the first wireless access point a relative direction with the terminal, wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different beam directions;

从信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值中选择最大值，将该最大值对应的信道探测波束的波束指向确定为第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第二无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向。Selecting a maximum value from signal amplitudes or power values of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, and determining a beam direction of the channel sounding beam corresponding to the maximum value as a second wireless access point and a relative direction between the terminals; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the second wireless access point and have different beam directions.

在所述第一和第二无线接入点分别向终端发送信道探测波束之前，所述方法还包括：Before the first and second wireless access points respectively send the channel sounding beams to the terminal, the method further includes:

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道进行控制信息的传输。At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits control information using a control channel configured on the second frequency band.

所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道进行控制信息的传输，包括如下任意一种步骤：At least one of the first and second wireless access points performs control information transmission using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following steps:

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送无线接入点指示信号；At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a wireless access point indication signal to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band;

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的终 端发送ACK或NACK信号；At least one of the first and second wireless access points uses a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band to end in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region The end sends an ACK or NACK signal;

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送信道探测波束的频率位置信息；At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits frequency position information of the channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band ;

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息；Transmitting, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, a transmission time window of the channel sounding beam to the at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band information;

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的终端发送调度指令，该调度指令用于在第一频带上为所述通信波束服务的终端指配上行或下行业务信道的时频资源位置；以及At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a scheduling instruction to a terminal located in at least one of the first spatial area and the second spatial area using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band, The scheduling instruction is configured to assign a time-frequency resource location of an uplink or downlink traffic channel to a terminal served by the communication beam on a first frequency band;

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收所述终端对第一无线接入点或第二无线接入点指示信号的测量上报信息；或者，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收所述终端的业务请求信息；At least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the measurement of the first wireless access point or the second wireless access point indication signal by the terminal using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band Evaluating the information; or, the at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the service request information of the terminal by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band;

其中，所述无线接入点指示信号承载如下至少一种信息：无线接入点所对应小区的系统信息块SIB、无线接入点识别信息、无线接入点当前的发射功率信息、无线接入点支持的频带信息、无线接入点当前的频谱使用状态信息和无线接入点当前的信道配置状态信息。The wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block SIB of a cell corresponding to the wireless access point, wireless access point identification information, current transmission power information of the wireless access point, and wireless access. The frequency band information supported by the point, the current spectrum usage status information of the wireless access point, and the current channel configuration status information of the wireless access point.

所述配置在第二频带上的控制信道的实现，包括如下任意一种实现方式：The implementation of the control channel configured in the second frequency band includes any one of the following implementation manners:

在宏小区下行信道使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点下行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点在该时频窗口内发送控制信号；Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels on the second frequency band used by the macro cell downlink channel, and the first and second wireless access points transmit control signals in the time-frequency window ;

在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的单频网所使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点下行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点在该时频窗口内发送控制信号；Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels on the second frequency band used by the single frequency network consisting of the first and second wireless access points, the first and second wireless The access point sends a control signal in the time-frequency window;

在宏小区上行信道使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点 上行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该时频窗口内接收所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息；以及Opening the first and second wireless access points on the second frequency band used by the macro cell uplink channel a time-frequency window used by the uplink control channel, at least one of the first and second wireless access points receiving measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window;

在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的分集接收信道所使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一无线接入点上行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该时频窗口内接收所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息。Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first wireless access point uplink control channel on the second frequency band used by the diversity receiving channel composed of the first and second wireless access points, the first and second wireless access points At least one of the wireless access points receives measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window.

本发明实施例提供一种波束引导方法，应用于终端侧，所述方法包括：An embodiment of the present invention provides a beam guiding method, which is applied to a terminal side, and the method includes:

终端接收第一和第二无线接入点分别发送的信道探测波束；Receiving, by the terminal, a channel sounding beam respectively sent by the first and second wireless access points;

所述终端向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点发送其响应所述信道探测波束的反馈信息；当终端向第一无线接入点发送所述反馈信息时，该反馈信息用于确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；当终端向第二无线接入点发送所述反馈信息时，该反馈信息用于确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；Transmitting, by the terminal, feedback information that is responsive to the channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second wireless access points; when the terminal sends the feedback information to the first wireless access point, The feedback information is used to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal; when the terminal sends the feedback information to the second wireless access point, the feedback information is used to determine the second wireless access point and the location The relative direction between the terminals;

所述终端使用通信波束与第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点进行业务数据传输；The terminal uses the communication beam to perform service data transmission with at least one of the first and second wireless access points;

其中，当终端与第一无线接入点进行业务数据传输时，该通信波束的波束指向由所述第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向确定，并通过第一无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束；当终端与第二无线接入点进行业务数据传输时，该通信波束的波束指向由所述第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向确定，并通过第二无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束。Wherein, when the terminal performs service data transmission with the first wireless access point, the beam direction of the communication beam is determined by the relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, and passes through the first wireless access point. Configuring the communication beam on the beam direction; when the terminal and the second wireless access point perform service data transmission, the beam direction of the communication beam is determined by a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal, And configuring the communication beam on the beam pointing by the second wireless access point.

所述终端接收第一和第二无线接入点分别发送的信道探测波束，包括：Receiving, by the terminal, the channel sounding beams respectively sent by the first and second wireless access points, including:

位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种内的所述终端接收第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第一频带发射的信道探测波束；The terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region receives a channel sounding beam transmitted by at least one of the first and second wireless access points using the first frequency band;

所述信道探测波束承载波束识别信息，该波束识别信息包括如下至少一种信息：该信道探测波束的波束识别信息(ID)、该信道探测波束所属节点信息以及该信道探测波束的指向信息。The channel sounding beam carries beam identification information, and the beam identification information includes at least one of information: beam identification information (ID) of the channel sounding beam, node information to which the channel sounding beam belongs, and pointing information of the channel sounding beam.

在所述终端接收第一和第二无线接入点分别发送的信道探测波束之前， 所述方法还包括：Before the terminal receives the channel sounding beams respectively sent by the first and second wireless access points, The method further includes:

所述终端使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道接收或发送控制信号，包括如下任意一种实现方式：The terminal receives or sends a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following implementation manners:

所述终端接收无线接入点指示信号，该无线接入点指示信号由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；Receiving, by the terminal, a wireless access point indication signal, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, using the downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band to the first And transmitting at least one of the second spatial regions;

所述终端接收ACK或NACK信号，该ACK或NACK信号由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的无线终端发送；The terminal receives an ACK or NACK signal, and the ACK or NACK signal is located in the first spatial region by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band and Transmitting by the wireless terminal in at least one of the second spatial regions;

所述终端接收信道探测波束的频率位置信息，该信道探测波束的频率位置信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；Receiving, by the terminal, frequency position information of a channel sounding beam, where frequency position information of the channel sounding beam is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points, using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band Transmitting at least one of the first and second spatial regions;

所述终端接收信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息，该信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；Receiving, by the terminal, transmission time window information of a channel sounding beam, where the transmission time window information of the channel sounding beam is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points for downlink control configured on the second frequency band Transmitting a channel to at least one of the first and second spatial regions;

所述终端接收调度指令，该调度指令由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的终端发送，该调度指令用于在第一频带上为所述通信波束服务的终端指配上行或下行业务信道的时频资源位置；以及Receiving, by the terminal, a scheduling instruction, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, using the downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band to be located in the first spatial area and the second spatial area Transmitting, by at least one of the terminals, the scheduling instruction for assigning a time-frequency resource location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel to the terminal serving the communication beam on the first frequency band;

所述终端发送无线接入点指示信号的测量上报信息，该测量上报信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收；或者，所述终端发送业务请求信息，该业务请求信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收；Transmitting, by the terminal, measurement report information of a wireless access point indication signal, where the measurement report information is received by at least one of the first and second wireless access points by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band; Or the terminal sends service request information, where the service request information is received by at least one of the first and second wireless access points by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band;

其中，所述无线接入点指示信号承载如下至少一种信息：无线接入点所对应小区的系统信息块SIB、无线接入点识别信息、无线接入点当前的发射功率信息、无线接入点支持的频带信息、无线接入点当前的频谱使用状态信 息以及无线接入点当前的信道配置状态信息；The wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block SIB of a cell corresponding to the wireless access point, wireless access point identification information, current transmission power information of the wireless access point, and wireless access. Band-supported band information, current spectrum usage status letter of the wireless access point Information and current channel configuration status information of the wireless access point;

所述第一频带的频率高于所述第二频带的频率；或者，所述第一频带与所述第二频带是具有不同频率编号的频带；The frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers;

所述第一空间区域包括第一无线接入点的服务区域和第一无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；The first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point;

所述第二空间区域包括第二无线接入点的服务区域和第二无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；所述第一空间区域与所述第二空间区域之间至少存在部分重叠；The second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and an adjacent area of the service area of the second wireless access point; between the first space area and the second space area At least partial overlap;

所述通信波束与所述信道探测波束使用不同的频率或使用不完全相同的频率。The communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same.

所述终端使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道接收或发送控制信号，包括如下任意一种实现方式：The terminal receives or sends a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following implementation manners:

终端在下行控制信道时频窗口内从第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点接收所述控制信号；其中，所述下行控制信道时频窗口开辟在宏小区使用的第二频带上，所述控制信号由所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该下行控制信道时频窗口内发送；Receiving, by the terminal, the control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a time-frequency window of the downlink control channel; wherein the downlink control channel time-frequency window is opened in the macro cell In the second frequency band, the control signal is sent by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the downlink control channel time-frequency window;

终端在下行控制信道时频窗口内从第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点接收控制信号，所述下行控制信道时频窗口开辟在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的单频网信道所使用的第二频带上，所述控制信号由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该下行控制信道时频窗口内发送；Receiving, by the terminal, a control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a time-frequency window of the downlink control channel, where the downlink control channel time-frequency window is opened by the first and second wireless accesses The second frequency band used by the single-frequency network channel formed by the point, the control signal is sent by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the time-frequency window of the downlink control channel;

终端在上行控制信道时频窗口内向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点发送控制信号，所述上行控制信道时频窗口开辟在宏小区使用的第二频带上，终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该上行控制信道时频窗口内接收；以及Transmitting, by the terminal, a control signal to at least one of the first and second wireless access points in an uplink control channel time-frequency window, where the uplink control channel time-frequency window is opened on a second frequency band used by the macro cell, and the terminal The measurement reporting information or the service request information is received by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the uplink control channel time-frequency window;

终端在上行控制信道时频窗口内向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点发送控制信号，所述上行控制信道时频窗口开辟在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的分集接收信道所使用的第二频带上，所述终端的测量上 报信息或业务请求信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该上行控制信道时频窗口内接收。Transmitting, by the terminal, a control signal to at least one of the first and second wireless access points in an uplink control channel time-frequency window, where the uplink control channel time-frequency window is opened by the first and second wireless access points The second frequency band used by the diversity receiving channel is formed on the measurement of the terminal The message or service request information is received by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points within the uplink control channel time-frequency window.

本发明实施例提供一种波束间协作传输方法，应用于网络测，所述方法包括：The embodiment of the invention provides an inter-beam coordinated transmission method, which is applied to network measurement, and the method includes:

第二无线接入点使用与第一无线接入点相同的时频资源在第二频带上向终端发送调度信息；The second wireless access point sends the scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band by using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point;

第二无线接入点在其与终端间的相对方向上配置第一通信波束。The second wireless access point configures the first communication beam in its opposite direction to the terminal.

所述第二无线接入点使用与第一无线接入点相同的时频资源在第二频带上向终端发送调度信息，包括如下任意一种实现步骤：The second wireless access point sends the scheduling information to the terminal in the second frequency band by using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point, and includes any one of the following implementation steps:

为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization are performed between the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point in at least one of the time intervals The method of transmitting the same scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;

为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置的第一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；其中，第一和第二无线接入点使用相同的信道码和相同的小区扰码发送承载所述调度信息的信号；Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization are performed between the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point in at least one of the time intervals The method of transmitting the same scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal on the first communication beam configured by the first wireless access point; wherein, the first and the second The wireless access point transmits the signal carrying the scheduling information by using the same channel code and the same cell scrambling code;

为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在所述第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；以及Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which at least one time interval, the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point is at the time And using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval to send scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;

为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置 的第一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置。Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which at least one time interval, the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point is at the time Sending scheduling information to the terminal using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval in the interval, where the scheduling information is configured by the terminal on the first wireless access point. The time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel is specified on the first communication beam.

所述第二无线接入点在其与终端间的相对方向上配置第一通信波束，包括如下任意一种实现步骤：The second wireless access point configures the first communication beam in a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal, and includes any one of the following implementation steps:

在调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式分别使用第二通信波束和第一通信波束向所述终端发送相同的业务数据；In the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, the second communication beam and the first wireless access point respectively use the second communication beam and the method according to time synchronization, frequency synchronization and symbol synchronization. Transmitting, by the first communication beam, the same service data to the terminal;

在调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间分别使用第二通信波束和第一通信波束从所述终端接收相同的业务数据；In the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, the second communication beam and the first communication beam respectively receive the same from the terminal by using the second communication beam and the first communication beam respectively. Business data;

在调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送业务数据，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据；The first wireless access point interrupts transmitting service data to the terminal at a time-frequency location of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and the second wireless access point passes the second communication at the time-frequency location. Transmitting a service data to the terminal;

在调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点中断从所述终端接收业务数据，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据；The first wireless access point interrupts receiving service data from the terminal at a time-frequency location of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and the second wireless access point passes the second communication at the time-frequency location. The beam receives service data from the terminal;

在调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点使用第一通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据，在调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据；以及The first wireless access point receives the service data from the terminal using the first communication beam, and the time-frequency of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, in the scheduling information, for the time-frequency location of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal. Positionally, the second wireless access point transmits the service data to the terminal through the second communication beam at the time-frequency location;

在调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点使用第一通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据，在调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据。The first wireless access point sends the service data to the terminal by using the first communication beam in the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and the time-frequency of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information. Positionally, the second wireless access point receives service data from the terminal through the second communication beam at the time-frequency location.

在第二无线接入点使用与第一无线接入点相同的时频资源在第二频带上向所述终端发送调度信息之前，所述方法还包括：Before the second wireless access point sends the scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band by using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point, the method further includes:

进行波束间潜在协作传输状态判断，包括如下任意一种实现步骤：Performing a potential cooperative transmission state determination between beams, including any of the following implementation steps:

将第二无线接入点与终端的相对角度与边界角度值相比较，若在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，则将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为处 于波束间潜在协作传输状态，执行所述调度信息发送步骤；若不在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为不处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，不执行所述调度信息发送步骤；其中，所述边界角度值为第一无线接入点的通信波束支持的有效服务区域的边界所对应的方位角度；以及Comparing the relative angle between the second wireless access point and the terminal with the boundary angle value, and if the angle is within the range of the boundary angle value, determining the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point as Performing the scheduling information sending step in the potential coordinated transmission state between the beams; if the angle is not within the range of the boundary angle value, determining that the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are not in the inter-beam potential The cooperative transmission state, the step of transmitting the scheduling information is not performed; wherein the boundary angle value is an azimuth angle corresponding to a boundary of an effective service area supported by the communication beam of the first wireless access point;

将第二无线接入点与终端的相对角度与边界角度值相比较，并且将终端上报的第二无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的信号强度与预定信号强度门限相比较；若在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，并且所述信道探测波束的信号强度大于所述预定信号强度门限，则将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，执行所述调度信息发送步骤；若不在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，或所述信道探测波束的信号强度小于或等于所述预定信号强度门限，将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为不处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，不执行所述调度信息发送步骤；其中，所述边界角度值为第一无线接入点的通信波束支持的有效服务区域的边界所对应的方位角度。Comparing the relative angle of the second wireless access point and the terminal with the boundary angle value, and comparing the signal strength of the channel sounding beam sent by the second wireless access point reported by the terminal with a predetermined signal strength threshold; if the boundary is at the boundary If the signal strength of the channel detection beam is greater than the predetermined signal strength threshold, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are determined to be in a potential cooperative transmission state between the beams. Performing the scheduling information sending step; if the signal strength of the channel detecting beam is less than or equal to the predetermined signal strength threshold, if the signal strength of the channel detecting beam is not within the range of the boundary angle value, the second wireless access point and the second A wireless access point is determined not to be in a potential cooperative transmission state between beams, and the scheduling information transmitting step is not performed; wherein the boundary angle value is a boundary of an effective service area supported by the communication beam of the first wireless access point. Corresponding azimuth angle.

本发明实施例提供一种波束引导装置，应用于网络侧，所述装置包括信道探测波束发射单元、信道探测波束反馈信息接收单元、终端相对方向确定单元和通信波束配置单元；其中，The embodiment of the present invention provides a beam guiding apparatus, which is applied to a network side, where the apparatus includes a channel detecting beam transmitting unit, a channel detecting beam feedback information receiving unit, a terminal relative direction determining unit, and a communication beam configuring unit.

所述信道探测波束发射单元，设置为使第一和第二无线接入点分别向终端发送信道探测波束；The channel sounding beam transmitting unit is configured to enable the first and second wireless access points to respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal;

所述信道探测波束反馈信息接收单元，设置为使第一和第二无线接入点中至少一个无线接入点接收所述终端响应所述信道探测波束返回的反馈信息；The channel sounding beam feedback information receiving unit is configured to enable at least one of the first and second wireless access points to receive feedback information that the terminal responds to the channel sounding beam returning;

所述终端相对方向确定单元，设置为执行以下至少一种：根据所述终端对第一无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的反馈信息确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，和，根据所述终端对第二无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的反馈信息确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；The terminal relative direction determining unit is configured to perform at least one of: determining a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal according to the feedback information of the channel sounding beam sent by the terminal to the first wireless access point. And determining a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal according to the feedback information of the channel sounding beam sent by the terminal to the second wireless access point;

所述通信波束配置单元，设置为执行以下至少一种：将所述第一无线接入点与终端间的相对方向作为第一无线接入点发射的通信波束的波束指向， 通过第一无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束，和，将所述第二无线接入点与终端间的相对方向作为第二无线接入点发射的通信波束的波束指向，通过第二无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束。The communication beam configuration unit is configured to perform at least one of: directing a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal as a beam direction of a communication beam transmitted by the first wireless access point, Configuring the communication beam by the first wireless access point on the beam direction, and using the relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal as the beam of the communication beam transmitted by the second wireless access point, The second wireless access point configures the communication beam on the beam pointing.

所述信道探测波束发射单元是设置为：使所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第一频带向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射信道探测波束。The channel sounding beam transmitting unit is configured to cause at least one of the first and second wireless access points to transmit to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using the first frequency band Channel sounding beam.

所述信道探测波束发射单元是是设置为：使第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点以瞬时多波束或瞬时单波束方式向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射两个或两个以上的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束；The channel sounding beam transmitting unit is configured to: enable at least one of the first and second wireless access points to be at least one of the first and second spatial regions in an instantaneous multi-beam or instantaneous single beam manner One spatial region transmits two or more channel sounding beams with different beam directions;

其中，所述信道探测波束承载波束指示信息，该波束指示信息包括如下至少一种信息：该信道探测波束的波束识别信息、该信道探测波束所属节点信息以及该信道探测波束的指向信息。The channel detection beam carries beam indication information, and the beam indication information includes at least one type of information: beam identification information of the channel sounding beam, node information to which the channel sounding beam belongs, and pointing information of the channel sounding beam.

由同一个无线接入点依次发射的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的发射功率相同；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束在空间上相邻。The transmit power of two or more channel sounding beams sequentially transmitted by the same wireless access point is the same; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are spatially adjacent.

所述信道探测波束反馈信息接收单元是设置为：使所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第二频带接收从位于所述第一和第二空间区域中至少一个空间区域中的终端响应所述信道探测波束返回的反馈信息；The channel sounding beam feedback information receiving unit is configured to: enable at least one of the first and second wireless access points to receive from the first and second spatial regions using a second frequency band The terminal in the at least one spatial region responds to the feedback information returned by the channel sounding beam;

其中，所述第一频带的频率高于第二频带的频率；或者，所述第一频带与第二频带是具有不同频率编号的频带；Wherein the frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers;

所述第一空间区域包括第一无线接入点的服务区域和第一无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；The first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point;

所述第二空间区域包括第二无线接入点的服务区域和第二无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；所述第一空间区域与所述第二空间区域之间至少存在部分重叠；The second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and an adjacent area of the service area of the second wireless access point; between the first space area and the second space area At least partial overlap;

所述通信波束与信道探测波束使用不同的频率或使用不完全相同的频率。 The communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same.

所述终端相对方向确定单元包括相对方向估计模块，所述相对方向估计模块设置为执行如下任意一种操作步骤：The terminal relative direction determining unit includes a relative direction estimating module, and the relative direction estimating module is configured to perform any one of the following operational steps:

比幅测向步骤包括以下至少一种：使用信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率间的比值，结合相应信道探测波束的指向角度，采用比幅测向法确定终端所在位置相对于特定信道探测波束指向的偏移角度，使用该偏移角度确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第一无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；The specific amplitude direction determining step includes at least one of the following: using the signal amplitude or power ratio of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel detecting beam, using a ratio The amplitude direction finding method determines an offset angle of a location of the terminal relative to a specific channel probe beam, and uses the offset angle to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two or two The above channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different beam directions;

使用信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率间的比值，结合相应信道探测波束的指向角度，采用比幅测向法确定终端所在位置相对于特定信道探测波束指向的偏移角度，使用该偏移角度确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第二无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Using the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, the ratio of the signal amplitude or power of the two or more channel sounding beams, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam, is determined by the amplitude direction finding method to determine the location of the terminal relative to the specific An offset angle of the channel sounding beam pointing, using the offset angle to determine a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are used by the second wireless access Point transmission with different beam pointing;

质心测向步骤包括以下至少一种：估计信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值的质心位置；结合所述不同信道探测波束的相应波束指向角度，计算所述质心位置的指向角度，使用质心位置的指向角度确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第一无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；The centroid direction finding step includes at least one of: estimating a centroid position of a signal amplitude or a power value of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam; and combining corresponding beam directions of the different channel sounding beams Angle, calculating a pointing angle of the centroid position, determining a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal by using a pointing angle of the centroid position; wherein the two or more channel detecting beams are first The wireless access point transmits and has different beam directions;

估计信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值的质心位置；结合所述不同信道探测波束的相应波束指向角度，计算所述质心位置的指向角度，使用质心位置的指向角度确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第二无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Estimating the centroid position of the signal amplitude or power value of the two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam; calculating the pointing angle of the centroid position in combination with the corresponding beam pointing angle of the different channel sounding beams Determining a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal using a pointing angle of the centroid position; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the second wireless access point and have different beams direction;

最大值测向步骤包括以下至少一种：从信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值中选择最大值，将该最大值对应的信道探测波束的波束指向确定为第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第一无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向； The maximum value direction determining step includes at least one of selecting a maximum value from a signal amplitude or a power value of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, and the channel sounding beam corresponding to the maximum value The beam direction is determined as a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different beam directions;

从信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值中选择最大值，将该最大值对应的信道探测波束的波束指向确定为第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向中至少一种；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第二无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向。Selecting a maximum value from signal amplitudes or power values of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, and determining a beam direction of the channel sounding beam corresponding to the maximum value as a second wireless access point and At least one of a relative direction between the terminals; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the second wireless access point and have different beam directions.

所述装置还包括：控制信息传输模块，设置为在所述第一和第二无线接入点分别向终端发送信道探测波束之前，使第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道进行控制信息的传输。The device further includes: a control information transmission module, configured to enable at least one of the first and second wireless access points to be wirelessly connected before the first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal The ingress uses the control channel configured on the second frequency band for control information transmission.

所述控制信息传输模块是设置为执行如下任意一种操作：The control information transmission module is configured to perform any one of the following operations:

通过第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送无线接入点指示信号；Transmitting, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, a wireless access point indication signal to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band ;

通过第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的无线终端发送ACK或NACK信号；Transmitting an ACK to a wireless terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band Or NACK signal;

通过第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送信道探测波束的频率位置信息；Transmitting, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, a frequency location of the channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band information;

通过第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息；Transmitting a channel sounding beam transmission time to at least one of the first and second spatial regions by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band Window information

通过第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的终端发送调度指令，该调度指令在第一频带上为通信波束服务的终端指配上行或下行业务信道的时频资源位置；以及Sending a scheduling instruction to a terminal located in at least one of the first spatial area and the second spatial area by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band And the scheduling instruction assigns a time-frequency resource location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel to the terminal served by the communication beam on the first frequency band;

通过第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收所述终端对第一无线接入点或第二无线接入点指示信号的测量上报信息；或，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收所述终端的业务请求信息； Receiving, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, the first wireless access point or the second wireless access point indication signal by the terminal using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band Measuring report information; or, at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the service request information of the terminal by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band;

其中，所述无线接入点指示信号承载如下至少一种信息：无线接入点所对应小区的系统信息块SIB、无线接入点识别信息、无线接入点当前的发射功率信息、无线接入点支持的频带信息、无线接入点当前的频谱使用状态信息以及无线接入点当前的信道配置状态信息。The wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block SIB of a cell corresponding to the wireless access point, wireless access point identification information, current transmission power information of the wireless access point, and wireless access. The frequency band information supported by the point, the current spectrum usage status information of the wireless access point, and the current channel configuration status information of the wireless access point.

所述控制信息传输模块使用的配置在第二频带上的控制信道的实现包括如下任意一种实现方式：The implementation of the control channel configured on the second frequency band used by the control information transmission module includes any one of the following implementation manners:

在宏小区下行信道使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点下行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点在该时频窗口内发送控制信号；Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels on the second frequency band used by the macro cell downlink channel, and the first and second wireless access points transmit control signals in the time-frequency window ;

在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的单频网所使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点下行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点在该时频窗口内发送控制信号；Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels on the second frequency band used by the single frequency network consisting of the first and second wireless access points, the first and second wireless The access point sends a control signal in the time-frequency window;

在宏小区上行信道使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点上行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该时频窗口内接收所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息；以及Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point uplink control channels in a second frequency band used by the macro cell uplink channel, at least one of the first and second wireless access points is at Receiving measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window;

在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的分集接收信道所使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一无线接入点上行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该时频窗口内接收所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息。Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first wireless access point uplink control channel on the second frequency band used by the diversity receiving channel composed of the first and second wireless access points, the first and second wireless access points At least one of the wireless access points receives measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window.

本发明实施例提供一种波束引导装置，应用于终端侧，所述装置包括：The embodiment of the invention provides a beam guiding device, which is applied to a terminal side, and the device includes:

信道探测波束接收单元，设置为使终端接收第一和第二无线接入点分别发送的信道探测波束；a channel detecting beam receiving unit, configured to enable the terminal to receive the channel detecting beams respectively sent by the first and second wireless access points;

信道探测波束反馈单元，设置为使终端向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点发送其响应所述信道探测波束的反馈信息；当终端向第一无线接入点发送反馈信息时，该反馈信息用于确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，当终端向第二无线接入点发送反馈信息时，该反馈信息用于确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；a channel sounding beam feedback unit, configured to enable the terminal to send feedback information to the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in response to the channel sounding beam; when the terminal sends the information to the first wireless access point When the information is fed back, the feedback information is used to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal. When the terminal sends the feedback information to the second wireless access point, the feedback information is used to determine the second wireless access. The relative direction between the point and the terminal;

业务传输单元，设置为使终端通过通信波束与第一和第二无线接入点中 的至少一个无线接入点进行业务数据传输；a service transmission unit, configured to enable the terminal to pass through the communication beam with the first and second wireless access points At least one wireless access point performs service data transmission;

其中，当终端与第一无线接入点进行业务数据传输时，该通信波束的指向由所述第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向确定，并通过第一无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束；当终端与第二无线接入点进行业务数据传输时，该通信波束的指向由所述第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向确定，并通过第二无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束。Wherein, when the terminal performs service data transmission with the first wireless access point, the direction of the communication beam is determined by a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, and is obtained by the first wireless access point. The beam is directed to the communication beam; when the terminal and the second wireless access point perform service data transmission, the direction of the communication beam is determined by the relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal, and passes The second wireless access point configures the communication beam on the beam pointing.

所述信道探测波束接收单元，是设置为：使位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种内的所述终端接收第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第一频带发射的信道探测波束；The channel sounding beam receiving unit is configured to: receive, by the terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region, at least one of the first and second wireless access points Channel detection beam transmitted using the first frequency band;

其中，所述信道探测波束承载波束识别信息，该波束识别信息包括如下至少一种信息：该信道探测波束的波束识别信息、该信道探测波束所属节点信息以及该信道探测波束的指向信息。The channel detection beam carries beam identification information, and the beam identification information includes at least one type of information: beam identification information of the channel sounding beam, node information of the channel sounding beam, and pointing information of the channel sounding beam.

所述信道探测波束反馈单元，是设置为：使位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种内的终端使用第二频带向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点发送其响应所述信道探测波束的反馈信息；The channel sounding beam feedback unit is configured to: cause a terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region to wirelessly connect to at least one of the first and second wireless access points using the second frequency band The ingress sends its feedback information in response to the channel sounding beam;

其中，所述第一频带的频率高于第二频带的频率；或者，所述第一频带与第二频带是具有不同频率编号的频带；Wherein the frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers;

所述第一空间区域包括第一无线接入点的服务区域和第一无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；The first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point;

所述第二空间区域包括第二无线接入点的服务区域和第二无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；所述第一空间区域与所述第二空间区域之间至少存在部分重叠；The second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and an adjacent area of the service area of the second wireless access point; between the first space area and the second space area At least partial overlap;

所述通信波束与信道探测波束使用不同的频率或使用不完全相同的频率。The communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same.

所述信道探测波束接收单元，还设置为：在一个连续的接收时间窗口内对两个或两个以上的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束进行接收，并获取与特定信道探测波束相对应的信号强度或功率及波束识别信息。The channel sounding beam receiving unit is further configured to: receive two or more channel sounding beams having different beam directions in a continuous receiving time window, and acquire a signal corresponding to the specific channel sounding beam. Strength or power and beam identification information.

所述信道探测波束反馈单元，还设置为：在一个连续的反馈时间窗口内 对两个或两个以上的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束各自对应的信号强度或功率及波束识别信息进行反馈发送。The channel sounding beam feedback unit is further configured to: within a continuous feedback time window The signal strength or power and beam identification information corresponding to two or more channel sounding beams having different beam directions are fed back.

所述装置还包括：控制信息收发模块，设置为在所述终端接收第一和第二无线接入点发送的信道探测波束之前，使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道接收或发送控制信号。The apparatus further includes: a control information transceiver module configured to receive or transmit a control signal using a control channel configured on the second frequency band before the terminal receives the channel sounding beams transmitted by the first and second wireless access points.

所述控制信息收发模块使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道接收或发送控制信号，包括如下任意一种实现方式：The control information transceiver module receives or sends a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following implementation manners:

接收无线接入点指示信号，该无线接入点指示信号由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；Receiving a wireless access point indication signal, the wireless access point indication signal being used by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points to use the downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band to the first and second Sending at least one spatial area in the spatial area;

接收ACK或NACK信号，该ACK或NACK信号由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的无线终端发送；Receiving an ACK or NACK signal, the ACK or NACK signal being used by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points to locate the first spatial region and the second space using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band Transmitting at least one of the wireless terminals in the area;

接收信道探测波束的频率位置信息，该信道探测波束的频率位置信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；Receiving frequency position information of the channel sounding beam, wherein the frequency position information of the channel sounding beam is used by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points to use the downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band to the first sum Transmitting at least one spatial region in the second spatial region;

接收信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息，该信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；Receiving transmission time window information of the channel sounding beam, the transmission time window information of the channel sounding beam is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points, using a downlink control channel configured in the second frequency band Transmitting at least one of the first and second spatial regions;

接收调度指令，该调度指令由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的终端发送，该调度指令在第一频带上为通信波束服务的终端指配上行或下行业务信道的时频资源位置；以及Receiving a scheduling instruction, the scheduling instruction being used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points to use at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band Transmitting, by the terminal, the time-frequency resource location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel assigned by the terminal serving the communication beam on the first frequency band;

发送无线接入点指示信号的测量上报信息，该测量上报信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收；或者，所述终端发送业务请求信息，该业务请求信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收； Sending measurement report information of the wireless access point indication signal, where the measurement report information is received by at least one of the first and second wireless access points using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band; or Transmitting, by the terminal, service request information, where the service request information is received by at least one of the first and second wireless access points by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band;

其中，所述无线接入点指示信号承载如下至少一种信息：无线接入点所对应小区的系统信息块SIB、无线接入点识别信息、无线接入点当前的发射功率信息、无线接入点支持的频带信息、无线接入点当前的频谱使用状态信息以及无线接入点当前的信道配置状态信息。The wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block SIB of a cell corresponding to the wireless access point, wireless access point identification information, current transmission power information of the wireless access point, and wireless access. The frequency band information supported by the point, the current spectrum usage status information of the wireless access point, and the current channel configuration status information of the wireless access point.

所述控制信息收发模块使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道接收或发送控制信号，包括如下任意一种步骤：The control information transceiver module receives or transmits a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following steps:

在下行控制信道时频窗口内从第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个接收所述控制信号，所述下行控制信道时频窗口开辟在宏小区使用的第二频带上，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个在该下行控制信道时频窗口内发送控制信号；Receiving, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, the control signal in a downlink control channel time-frequency window, where the downlink control channel time-frequency window is opened on a second frequency band used by the macro cell, the first sum At least one of the second wireless access points transmits a control signal in a time-frequency window of the downlink control channel;

在下行控制信道时频窗口内从第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个接收控制信号，所述下行控制信道时频窗口开辟在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的单频网信道所使用的第二频带上，第一和第二无线接入点在该下行控制信道时频窗口内发送控制信号；Receiving a control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a downlink control channel time-frequency window, the downlink control channel time-frequency window opening a single frequency formed by the first and second wireless access points The second frequency band used by the network channel, the first and second wireless access points send control signals in the time-frequency window of the downlink control channel;

在上行控制信道时频窗口内向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个发送控制信号，所述上行控制信道时频窗口开辟在宏小区使用的第二频带上，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个在该上行控制信道时频窗口内接收终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息；以及Transmitting a control signal to at least one of the first and second wireless access points in an uplink control channel time-frequency window, the uplink control channel time-frequency window being opened on a second frequency band used by the macro cell, the first and second wireless At least one of the access points receiving measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window of the uplink control channel;

在上行控制信道时频窗口内向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个发送控制信号，所述上行控制信道时频窗口开辟在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的分集接收信道所使用的第二频带上，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个在该上行控制信道时频窗口内接收所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息。Transmitting a control signal to at least one of the first and second wireless access points within an uplink control channel time-frequency window, the uplink control channel time-frequency window opening a diversity receive channel formed by the first and second wireless access points In the second frequency band used, at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the uplink control channel time-frequency window.

所述控制信息收发模块还设置为接收按照如下任意一种步骤发送的调度信息：The control information transceiver module is further configured to receive scheduling information sent according to any one of the following steps:

为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在所述第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置； Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization are performed between the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point in at least one of the time intervals The method of transmitting the same scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;

为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置的第一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization are performed between the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point in at least one of the time intervals The method of transmitting the same scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is a time-frequency position of the uplink or downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal on the first communication beam configured on the first wireless access point;

为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在所述第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；以及Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which at least one time interval, the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point is at the time And using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval to send scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;

为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置的第一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置。Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which at least one time interval, the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point is at the time The scheduling information is sent to the terminal by using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval in the interval, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies the uplink or downlink service on the first communication beam configured on the first wireless access point. The time-frequency position of the channel.

本发明实施例提供一种波束间协作传输装置，应用于网络侧，包括：协作传输调度单元和协作通信波束配置单元；其中，An embodiment of the present invention provides an inter-beam coordinated transmission apparatus, which is applied to a network side, and includes: a cooperative transmission scheduling unit and a cooperative communication beam configuration unit;

所述协作传输调度单元，设置为使第二无线接入点使用与第一无线接入点相同的时频资源在第二频带上向所述终端发送调度信息；The cooperative transmission scheduling unit is configured to enable the second wireless access point to send scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band by using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point;

所述协作通信波束配置单元，设置为使第二无线接入点在其与终端间的相对方向上配置第一通信波束。The cooperative communication beam configuration unit is configured to configure the second wireless access point to configure the first communication beam in a relative direction between the terminal and the terminal.

所述协作传输调度单元，是设置为执行如下任意一种实施步骤：The cooperative transmission scheduling unit is configured to perform any of the following implementation steps:

为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization are performed between the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point in at least one of the time intervals The method of transmitting the same scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;

为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同 步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置的第一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which at least one time interval, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are in accordance with time Steps, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization are used to send the same scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is a time-frequency position of the uplink or downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal on the first communication beam configured on the first wireless access point;

为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在所述第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；以及Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which at least one time interval, the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point is at the time And using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval to send scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;

为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置的第一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置。Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which at least one time interval, the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point is at the time The scheduling information is sent to the terminal by using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval in the interval, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies the uplink or downlink service on the first communication beam configured on the first wireless access point. The time-frequency position of the channel.

所述协作通信波束配置单元，是设置为执行如下任意一种实施步骤：The cooperative communication beam configuration unit is configured to perform any of the following implementation steps:

在调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式分别使用第二通信波束和第一通信波束向所述终端发送相同的业务数据；In the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, the second communication beam and the first wireless access point respectively use the second communication beam and the method according to time synchronization, frequency synchronization and symbol synchronization. Transmitting, by the first communication beam, the same service data to the terminal;

在调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间分别使用第二通信波束和第一通信波束从所述终端接收相同的业务数据；In the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, the second communication beam and the first communication beam respectively receive the same from the terminal by using the second communication beam and the first communication beam respectively. Business data;

在调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送业务数据，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据；The first wireless access point interrupts transmitting service data to the terminal at a time-frequency location of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and the second wireless access point passes the second communication at the time-frequency location. Transmitting a service data to the terminal;

在调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点中断从所述终端接收业务数据，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据；The first wireless access point interrupts receiving service data from the terminal at a time-frequency location of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and the second wireless access point passes the second communication at the time-frequency location. The beam receives service data from the terminal;

在调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点使用第一通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据，在调度信息中为终端指定的 下行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据；以及The first wireless access point receives the service data from the terminal using the first communication beam in the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and specifies the terminal in the scheduling information. At a time-frequency location of the downlink traffic channel, the second wireless access point transmits the service data to the terminal through the second communication beam at the time-frequency location;

在调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点使用第一通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据，在调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据。The first wireless access point sends the service data to the terminal by using the first communication beam in the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and the time-frequency of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information. Positionally, the second wireless access point receives service data from the terminal through the second communication beam at the time-frequency location.

所述装置还包括：波束间潜在协作传输状态判断单元，设置为在第二无线接入点使用与第一无线接入点相同的时频资源在第二频带上向所述终端发送调度信息之前，进行波束间潜在协作传输状态判断。The apparatus further includes: an inter-beam potential cooperative transmission state determining unit, configured to: before the second wireless access point uses the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point to send scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band , performing potential cooperative transmission state judgment between beams.

所述波束间潜在协作传输状态判断单元是设置为执行如下任意一种操作步骤：The inter-beam potential cooperative transmission state determining unit is configured to perform any one of the following operational steps:

将第二无线接入点与终端的相对角度与边界角度值相比较，若在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，则将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，执行调度信息发送步骤；若不在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为不处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，不执行调度信息发送步骤；其中，所述边界角度值为第一无线接入点的通信波束支持的有效服务区域的边界所对应的方位角度；以及Comparing the relative angle between the second wireless access point and the terminal with the boundary angle value, and if the angle is within the range of the boundary angle value, determining that the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are Performing a scheduling information transmission step between the beams; performing the scheduling information sending step; if the angle is not within the range of the boundary angle value, determining that the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are not in the potential cooperative transmission state between the beams And not performing the scheduling information sending step; wherein the boundary angle value is an azimuth angle corresponding to a boundary of an effective service area supported by the communication beam of the first wireless access point;

将第二无线接入点与终端的相对角度与边界角度值相比较，并且将终端上报的第二无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的信号强度与预定信号强度门限相比较，若在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，并且所述信道探测波束的信号强度大于所述预定信号强度门限，则将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，执行调度信息发送步骤；若不在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，或者所述信道探测波束的信号强度小于或等于所述预定信号强度门限，将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为不处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，不执行调度信息发送步骤；其中，所述边界角度值为第一无线接入点的通信波束支持的有效服务区域的边界所对应的方位角度。Comparing the relative angle of the second wireless access point and the terminal with the boundary angle value, and comparing the signal strength of the channel sounding beam sent by the second wireless access point reported by the terminal with a predetermined signal strength threshold, if at the boundary If the signal strength of the channel detection beam is greater than the predetermined signal strength threshold, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are determined to be in a potential cooperative transmission state between the beams. And performing a scheduling information sending step; if the signal strength of the channel detecting beam is less than or equal to the predetermined signal strength threshold, if the signal strength of the channel detecting beam is not within the range of the boundary value, the second wireless access point and the first wireless The access point is determined not to be in a potential coordinated transmission state between the beams, and the scheduling information sending step is not performed; wherein the boundary angle value is an azimuth angle corresponding to a boundary of an effective service area supported by the communication beam of the first wireless access point; .

本发明实施例提供的波束引导方法、波束间协作传输方法及装置，克服 了现有技术存在的在无线接入点与终端间无信令直接连接情况下，不能快速获取该无线接入点与该终端间相对方位信息及信道状态，不能实时确定该无线接入点与其相邻无线接入点波束间的潜在协作传输关系这些缺点中的至少一种，实现对终端方位及终端信道状态的实时测控，实现在相邻无线接入点间对终端的协作传输，以及实现终端通信链路在相邻无线接入点间的透明转移或透明切换。Beam guiding method, inter-beam cooperative transmission method and device provided by embodiment of the present invention overcome In the prior art, when there is no direct signaling connection between the wireless access point and the terminal, the relative orientation information and channel state between the wireless access point and the terminal cannot be quickly obtained, and the wireless access point cannot be determined in real time. At least one of the disadvantages of the potential cooperative transmission relationship between adjacent wireless access point beams enables real-time measurement and control of the terminal orientation and the terminal channel state, and realizes coordinated transmission of the terminal between adjacent wireless access points, and realizes Transparent or transparent switching of the terminal communication link between adjacent wireless access points.

在阅读并理解了附图和详细描述后，可以明白其他方面。Other aspects will be apparent upon reading and understanding the drawings and detailed description.

附图概述BRIEF abstract

图1为本发明实施例示出的一种波束引导方法流程图；FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a beam guiding method according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图2为本发明实施例示出的另一种波束引导方法流程图；2 is a flowchart of another beam guiding method according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图3为本发明实施例示出的一种波束间协作传输方法流程图；FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a method for inter-beam coordinated transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图4为本发明实施例示出的一种信道探测波束和通信波束工作示意图；4 is a schematic diagram of operation of a channel sounding beam and a communication beam according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图5为本发明实施例示出的一种波束引导装置示意图；FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a beam guiding apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.

图6为本发明实施例示出的另一种波束引导装置示意图；FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another beam guiding apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.

图7为本发明实施例示出的波束间协作传输装置示意图；FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an inter-beam coordinated transmission apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.

图8为本发明实施例示出的一种LTE信道内保护带示意图；FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a protection band in an LTE channel according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.

图9为本发明实施例示出的一种终端设备示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

本发明的实施方式Embodiments of the invention

本发明实施例提供一种波束引导方法，波束间协作传输方法及装置，实现了在无线接入点与终端间无信令直接连接情况下，快速获取该无线接入点与该终端间相对方位信息及信道状态，实时确定该无线接入点与其相邻无线接入点波束间的潜在协作传输关系中的至少一个，实现终端在相邻小区间的透明快速迁移，实现终端对小区的快速发现。The embodiment of the invention provides a beam guiding method, a method and a device for co-beam inter-beam transmission, which can quickly acquire a relative orientation between the wireless access point and the terminal without a direct connection between the wireless access point and the terminal. Information and channel status, real-time determination of at least one of the potential cooperative transmission relationship between the wireless access point and its neighboring wireless access point beam, realizing transparent and rapid migration of the terminal between adjacent cells, and realizing rapid discovery of the terminal to the cell .

下面结合附图具体说明本发明实施例。The embodiments of the present invention will be specifically described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

为了在非链接状态下快速获取终端与无线接入点间相对方位信息、在非 链接状态下快速监测终端与无线接入点间的信道状态，在非链接状态下实时确定相邻无线接入点波束间的潜在协作传输关系以及在相邻无线接入点间实现终端通信链路的透明转移。In order to quickly obtain relative position information between the terminal and the wireless access point in the non-linked state, Quickly monitor the channel state between the terminal and the wireless access point in the link state, determine the potential cooperative transmission relationship between the adjacent wireless access point beams in real time in the non-linked state, and implement the terminal communication link between adjacent wireless access points. Transparent transfer.

本发明实施例包括：Embodiments of the invention include:

1、将边扫描边跟踪思路借用到适合以窄波束方式进行通信的场景中，通过基站以边跟踪(使用通信波束传输业务数据)边搜索(使用信道探测波束对当前或潜在的终端的方位及信道状态进行探测)的方式工作，既可以实现不同基站或无线接入点间对相关终端位置及信道状态的的实施掌握，也可以实现不同基站或无线接入点间波束的协作传输；1. The side-scanning side tracking idea is borrowed into a scenario suitable for communication in a narrow beam mode, and the base station performs tracking while using the communication beam to transmit service data (using the channel sounding beam to orient the current or potential terminal). The channel state is detected in a manner that can realize the implementation of the relevant terminal location and channel state between different base stations or wireless access points, and can also realize coordinated transmission of beams between different base stations or wireless access points;

2、在相邻基站或无线接入点间以宏分集或节点替换方式为终端配置控制信道来实现控制信道，比如为终端进行上行或下行业务信道配置时频资源的调度信道，在相邻基站或无线接入点间的终端无感知(透明)转移，从而实现对移动终端在相邻无线接入点或基站间的透明切换；2. The control channel is configured for the terminal by macro diversity or node replacement between the neighboring base stations or the wireless access point, for example, the terminal performs uplink or downlink traffic channel configuration time-frequency resource scheduling channel, and the adjacent base station Or the terminal between the wireless access points has no perceptual (transparent) transfer, thereby implementing transparent switching of the mobile terminal between adjacent wireless access points or base stations;

3、将无线接入点发送的控制信道，比如微小区无线接入点发送的小区信息广播信道或调度信道，配置在宏小区下行信道占用的频带上，或配置在多个无线接入点构成的单频网信道实用的频带上，从而实现驻留在宏小区或者单频网上的终端快速发现其附近存在的微小区无线接入点，从而实现微小区无线接入点之间或微小区与宏小区无线接入点之间的波束协作传输，或实现终端快速接入微小区无线接入点的业务信道。3. The control channel sent by the wireless access point, such as the cell information broadcast channel or the scheduling channel sent by the micro cell wireless access point, is configured in a frequency band occupied by the downlink channel of the macro cell, or configured in multiple wireless access points. The single-frequency network channel is in a practical frequency band, so that the terminal residing on the macro cell or the single-frequency network can quickly discover the micro-area wireless access point existing in the vicinity thereof, thereby realizing the micro-area wireless access points or the micro-areas and macros. The beam cooperative transmission between the cell wireless access points or the fast access of the terminal to the traffic channel of the micro cell wireless access point.

可选地，信道探测波束，与业务信道波束或通信波束是指向不同的波束，信道探测波束，与业务信道波束或通信波束使用不同的频带或使用的频带不完全相同；使用同一个天线端口或不同的天线端口发射信道探测波束和通信波束；信道探测波束与通信波束的波束形状相同或不同；信道探测波束与通信波束都采用机电伺服方式调整波束方向或都使用波束赋形技术调整波束方向。Optionally, the channel sounding beam is different from the traffic channel beam or the communication beam, and the channel sounding beam is not identical to the frequency band used by the traffic channel beam or the communication beam or the frequency band used; using the same antenna port or Different antenna ports transmit channel sounding beams and communication beams; the channel sounding beams have the same or different beam shapes as the communication beams; both the channel sounding beams and the communication beams use electromechanical servoing to adjust the beam direction or both use beamforming techniques to adjust the beam direction.

如图1所示，本发明实施例示出的一种波束引导方法流程图，应用于网络侧，所述方法包括以下步骤：As shown in FIG. 1 , a flow chart of a beam guiding method is applied to a network side according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method includes the following steps:

S110第一和第二无线接入点分别向终端发送信道探测波束； S110: The first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal;

S120第一和第二无线接入点中至少一个无线接入点接收所述终端响应所述信道探测波束返回的反馈信息；Receiving, by the S120, at least one of the first and second wireless access points, the feedback information that is returned by the terminal in response to the channel sounding beam;

S130执行以下至少一种：S130 performs at least one of the following:

根据所述终端对第一无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的反馈信息，确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；根据所述终端对第二无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的反馈信息，确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；Determining a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal according to the feedback information of the channel sounding beam sent by the terminal to the first wireless access point; and according to the channel sent by the terminal to the second wireless access point Detecting feedback information of the beam, determining a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal;

S104执行以下至少一种：S104 performs at least one of the following:

将所述第一无线接入点与终端间的相对方向作为第一无线接入点发射的通信波束的指向，通过第一无线接入点在该波束指向上配置通信波束；将所述第二无线接入点与终端间的相对方向作为第二无线接入点发射的通信波束的指向，通过第二无线接入点在该波束指向上配置通信波束。And a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal is used as a direction of a communication beam transmitted by the first wireless access point, and a communication beam is configured on the beam direction by the first wireless access point; The relative direction between the wireless access point and the terminal is used as a direction of the communication beam transmitted by the second wireless access point, and the communication beam is configured on the beam direction by the second wireless access point.

可选的，所述第一和第二无线接入点分别向终端发送信道探测波束，包括：Optionally, the first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal, including:

所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第一频带向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射信道探测波束。At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using the first frequency band.

在一个实施例中，所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射信道探测波束，包括：In one embodiment, at least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits channel sounding beams to at least one of the first and second spatial regions, including:

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点以瞬时多波束或瞬时单波束方式向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射两个或两个以上的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束；At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits two or more different ones to at least one of the first and second spatial regions in an instantaneous multi-beam or instantaneous single beam manner a beam detection beam directed by the beam;

所述信道探测波束承载波束指示信息，该波束指示信息包括如下至少一种信息：该信道探测波束的波束识别信息(ID)、该信道探测波束所属节点信息和该信道探测波束的指向信息。The channel sounding beam carries beam indication information, and the beam indication information includes at least one of information: beam identification information (ID) of the channel sounding beam, node information to which the channel sounding beam belongs, and pointing information of the channel sounding beam.

其中，由同一个无线接入点依次发射的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的发射功率相同，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束在空间上相邻。The two or more channel sounding beams sequentially transmitted by the same wireless access point have the same transmitting power, and the two or more channel sounding beams are spatially adjacent.

在一个示例中，所述第一和第二无线接入点中至少一个无线接入点接收所述终端响应所述信道探测波束返回的反馈信息，包括： In an example, the at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the feedback information that the terminal responds to the channel sounding beam return, including:

所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第二频带接收从位于所述第一和第二空间区域中至少一个空间区域中的终端响应所述信道探测波束返回的反馈信息；At least one of the first and second wireless access points receives a response from the terminal located in at least one of the first and second spatial regions in response to the channel sounding beam using a second frequency band Feedback information;

其中，所述第一频带的频率高于所述第二频带的频率；或者，所述第一频带与所述第二频带是具有不同频率编号的频带；The frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers;

所述第一空间区域包括第一无线接入点的服务区域和第一无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；The first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point;

所述第二空间区域包括第二无线接入点的服务区域和第二无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；The second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the second wireless access point;

所述第一空间区域与所述第二空间区域之间至少存在部分重叠；At least partial overlap between the first spatial region and the second spatial region;

所述通信波束与所述信道探测波束使用不同的频率或使用不完全相同的频率。The communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same.

所述确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，和，所述确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向中至少一种，包括：Determining the relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, and determining the at least one of the relative directions between the second wireless access point and the terminal, including:

根据比幅测向方式、质心测向方式和最大值测向方式中的任意一种方式确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，和，确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向中至少一种；Determining a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal according to any one of a plane direction finding mode, a centroid direction finding mode, and a maximum value direction finding mode, and determining the second wireless access point and the location Describe at least one of the relative directions between the terminals;

所述比幅测向方式包括以下至少一种：The specific amplitude direction finding method includes at least one of the following:

使用信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率间的比值，结合相应信道探测波束的指向角度，采用比幅测向法确定终端所在位置相对于特定信道探测波束指向的偏移角度，使用该偏移角度确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第一无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Using the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, the ratio of the signal amplitude or power of the two or more channel sounding beams, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam, is determined by the amplitude direction finding method to determine the location of the terminal relative to the specific An offset angle pointed by the channel sounding beam, the offset angle is used to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal; the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point And with different beam pointing;

使用信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率间的比值，结合相应信道探测波束的指向角度，采用比幅测向法确定终端所在位置相对于特定信道探测波束指向的偏移角度，使用该偏移角度确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第二无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向。 Using the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, the ratio of the signal amplitude or power of the two or more channel sounding beams, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam, is determined by the amplitude direction finding method to determine the location of the terminal relative to the specific An offset angle pointed by the channel sounding beam, the offset angle is used to determine a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal; the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the second wireless access point And with different beam pointing.

所述质心测向方式包括以下至少一种：The centroid direction finding method includes at least one of the following:

估计信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值的质心位置；结合所述不同信道探测波束的相应波束指向角度，计算所述质心位置的指向角度，使用质心位置的指向角度确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第一无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Estimating the centroid position of the signal amplitude or power value of the two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam; calculating the pointing angle of the centroid position in combination with the corresponding beam pointing angle of the different channel sounding beams Determining, by using a pointing angle of the centroid position, a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different beams direction;

估计信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值的质心位置；结合所述不同信道探测波束的相应波束指向角度，计算所述质心位置的指向角度，使用质心位置的指向角度确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第二无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向。Estimating the centroid position of the signal amplitude or power value of the two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam; calculating the pointing angle of the centroid position in combination with the corresponding beam pointing angle of the different channel sounding beams Determining a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal using a pointing angle of the centroid position; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the second wireless access point and have different beams direction.

所述最大值测向方式包括以下至少一种：The maximum direction direction finding manner includes at least one of the following:

从信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值中选择最大值；将该最大值对应的信道探测波束的波束指向确定为第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第一无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Selecting a maximum value from signal amplitudes or power values of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam; determining a beam direction of the channel sounding beam corresponding to the maximum value as the first wireless access point a relative direction with the terminal; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different beam directions;

从信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值中选择最大值；将该最大值对应的信道探测波束的波束指向确定为第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第二无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向。Selecting a maximum value from signal amplitudes or power values of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam; determining a beam direction of the channel sounding beam corresponding to the maximum value as the second wireless access point A relative direction with the terminal; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the second wireless access point and have different beam directions.

示例性的，参看图4，所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点以瞬时多波束或瞬时单波束方式向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射两个或两个以上的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束，包括：第一无线接入点401以瞬时单波束方式向其服务的终端451发射四个具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束411、412、413和414，这四个具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束在终端451周围形成四个位置不同的且互相交叠的照射区域411’、412’、413’和414’。Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 4, at least one of the first and second wireless access points is in an instantaneous multi-beam or instantaneous single beam manner to at least one of the first and second spatial regions. Transmitting two or more channel sounding beams with different beam directions, including: the first wireless access point 401 transmits four channel sounding beams 411 having different beam directions to the terminal 451 that it serves in an instantaneous single beam manner, 412, 413, and 414, the four channel sounding beams having different beam directions form four differently spaced and overlapping illumination regions 411', 412', 413', and 414' around the terminal 451.

这里使用的信道探测波束411、412、413和414与第一无线接入点401发射的通信波束420具有不同的波束指向；在理想状态下，通信波束420的 视轴方向指向终端451的接收天线所在点，而信道探测波束411、412、413和414的视轴方向则偏离终端451的接收天线所在点一个偏移角度值。The channel sounding beams 411, 412, 413, and 414 used herein have different beam directions from the communication beam 420 transmitted by the first wireless access point 401; in an ideal state, the communication beam 420 The visual axis direction points to the point where the receiving antenna of the terminal 451 is located, and the visual axis directions of the channel detecting beams 411, 412, 413, and 414 are offset from the point of the receiving antenna of the terminal 451 by an offset angle value.

这里使用的信道探测波束411、412、413和414与第一无线接入点401发射的通信波束420使用不同或不完全相同的频率；第一无线接入点401发射的通信波束420使用60GHz毫米波频带内的第一子频带发射通信数据，而信道探测波束411、412、413和414使用60GHz毫米波频带内的第二子频带发射通信数据；或者，第一无线接入点401发射的通信波束420使用60GHz毫米波频带内的第一子频带发射通信数据，而信道探测波束411、412、413和414使用第一子频带中的子频带发送信道探测信号。The channel sounding beams 411, 412, 413, and 414 used herein use different or not identical frequencies to the communication beam 420 transmitted by the first wireless access point 401; the communication beam 420 transmitted by the first wireless access point 401 uses 60 GHz millimeters. The first sub-band within the wave band transmits communication data, and the channel detection beams 411, 412, 413, and 414 transmit communication data using a second sub-band within the 60 GHz millimeter wave band; or the communication transmitted by the first wireless access point 401 Beam 420 transmits communication data using a first sub-band within the 60 GHz millimeter wave band, while channel detection beams 411, 412, 413, and 414 transmit channel detection signals using sub-bands in the first sub-band.

可选地，这里使用的信道探测波束411、412、413和414与第一无线接入点401发射的通信波束420使用不同的频率；Optionally, the channel sounding beams 411, 412, 413, and 414 used herein use different frequencies than the communication beam 420 transmitted by the first wireless access point 401;

为了获取第二无线接入点402相对于第一无线接入点401所服务的终端的相对方向信息，第二无线接入点402向第一无线接入点401服务的终端发射具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束，包括：In order to obtain relative direction information of the second wireless access point 402 relative to the terminal served by the first wireless access point 401, the second wireless access point 402 transmits to the terminal served by the first wireless access point 401 with different beam directions. Channel detection beam, including:

第二无线接入点402以瞬时多波束方式向第一无线接入点401服务的终端451发射四个具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束(图4中没有示出)；这四个具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束在终端451周围形成四个位置不同的且互相交叠的照射区域(图4中没有示出)。The second wireless access point 402 transmits four channel sounding beams (not shown in FIG. 4) having different beam directions to the terminal 451 served by the first wireless access point 401 in an instantaneous multi-beam manner; the four have different beams. The pointed channel probe beam forms four differently spaced and overlapping illumination regions (not shown in Figure 4) around the terminal 451.

可选地，比幅测向的实现步骤包括：第一无线节点401从终端451获取对四个具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束411、412、413和414的信号强度测量信息，使用信道探测波束411、412间的信号强度之差及这两个信道探测波束的波束形状信息，计算出终端451接收天线相对于信道探测波束411的第一维偏移角度，使用信道探测波束413、414间的信号强度之差及这两个信道探测波束的波束形状信息，计算出终端451接收天线相对于信道探测波束413的第二维偏移角度；使用信道探测波束411和413的波束指向以及所述第一和第二维偏移角度确定终端451相对于第一无线接入点401的方位角度。Optionally, the implementation of the ratio direction direction comprises: the first wireless node 401 acquires signal strength measurement information for four channel sounding beams 411, 412, 413 and 414 having different beam directions from the terminal 451, using the channel sounding beam. The difference between the signal strengths between 411 and 412 and the beam shape information of the two channel sounding beams, the first dimension offset angle of the receiving antenna 451 with respect to the channel sounding beam 411 is calculated, and the channel detecting beams 413 and 414 are used. The difference between the signal strengths and the beam shape information of the two channel sounding beams, the second dimension offset angle of the receiving antenna relative to the channel sounding beam 413 is calculated; the beam pointing of the channel detecting beams 411 and 413 and the first The one and second dimensional offset angles determine the azimuth angle of the terminal 451 relative to the first wireless access point 401.

第二无线接入点402采用比幅测向方法的实施步骤中，第二无线接入点402向终端451发射四个具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束(图4中没有示 出)，然后通过终端451与第一无线接入点401或第二无线接入点402间的上行信道获取终端451获取对所述四个具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束的信号强度测量信息。The second wireless access point 402 adopts a specific step of the amplitude direction finding method, and the second wireless access point 402 transmits four channel detecting beams with different beam directions to the terminal 451 (not shown in FIG. 4). Then, the uplink channel acquisition terminal 451 between the terminal 451 and the first wireless access point 401 or the second wireless access point 402 acquires signal strength measurement information for the four channel sounding beams having different beam directions.

在一个实施例中，在所述第一和第二无线接入点分别向终端发送信道探测波束之前，所述方法还包括：In an embodiment, before the first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal, the method further includes:

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道进行控制信息的传输。At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits control information using a control channel configured on the second frequency band.

可选的，所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道进行控制信息的传输，包括如下任意一种步骤：Optionally, at least one of the first and second wireless access points performs control information transmission by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following steps:

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送无线接入点指示信号；At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a wireless access point indication signal to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band;

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中的至少一项中的无线终端发送ACK或NACK信号；At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits an ACK to the wireless terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band Or NACK signal;

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送信道探测波束的频率位置信息；At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits frequency position information of the channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band ;

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息；Transmitting, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, a transmission time window of the channel sounding beam to the at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band information;

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一项中的终端发送调度指令，该调度指令用于在第一频带上为所述通信波束服务的终端指配上行或下行业务信道的时频资源位置；以及At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a scheduling instruction to a terminal located in at least one of the first spatial area and the second spatial area using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band, The scheduling instruction is configured to assign a time-frequency resource location of an uplink or downlink traffic channel to a terminal served by the communication beam on a first frequency band;

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收所述终端对第一无线接入点或第二无线接入点指示信号的测量上报信息；或者，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入 点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收所述终端的业务请求信息；At least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the measurement of the first wireless access point or the second wireless access point indication signal by the terminal using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band Evaluating information; or at least one of the first and second wireless access points The point receives the service request information of the terminal by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band;

其中，所述无线接入点指示信号承载如下至少一种信息：无线接入点所对应小区的系统信息块SIB(System Information Block)、无线接入点识别信息、无线接入点当前的发射功率信息、无线接入点支持的频带信息、无线接入点当前的频谱使用状态信息和无线接入点当前的信道配置状态信息。The wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block (SIB) of the cell corresponding to the wireless access point, a wireless access point identification information, and a current transmit power of the wireless access point. Information, frequency band information supported by the wireless access point, current spectrum usage status information of the wireless access point, and current channel configuration status information of the wireless access point.

上述实施例中，所述配置在第二频带上的控制信道包括如下任意一种实现方式：In the foregoing embodiment, the control channel configured on the second frequency band includes any one of the following implementation manners:

在宏小区下行信道使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点下行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点在该时频窗口内发送控制信号；Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels on the second frequency band used by the macro cell downlink channel, and the first and second wireless access points transmit control signals in the time-frequency window ;

在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的单频网所使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点下行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点在该时频窗口内发送控制信号；Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels on the second frequency band used by the single frequency network consisting of the first and second wireless access points, the first and second wireless The access point sends a control signal in the time-frequency window;

在宏小区上行信道使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点上行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该时频窗口内接收所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息；以及Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point uplink control channels in a second frequency band used by the macro cell uplink channel, at least one of the first and second wireless access points is at Receiving measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window;

在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的分集接收信道所使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一无线接入点上行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该时频窗口内接收所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息。Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first wireless access point uplink control channel on the second frequency band used by the diversity receiving channel composed of the first and second wireless access points, the first and second wireless access points At least one of the wireless access points receives measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window.

示例性的，所述在宏小区下行信道使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点下行控制信道使用的时频窗口，或者，由第一和第二无线接入点组成的单频网所使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点下行控制信道使用的时频窗口，其中，所述时频窗口在第二频带上的位置包括，参照图8所示：在LTE信道带宽内设置的保护带821和822；每个LTE信道带宽内设置的保护带821或822包括：LTE上行信道带宽内的保护频带和LTE下行信道带宽内的保护频带中至少一种；LTE信道带宽内保护带821和822在LTE信道带宽内的位置参见图8所示。可选地，资源块811和812提供第一和第二无线接入点下行控制信道使用的时频窗口所占用的频率资源。 Exemplarily, the time-frequency window used by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels is opened on the second frequency band used by the macro cell downlink channel, or by the first and second wireless access points. A second frequency band used by the composed single frequency network opens a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels, wherein the location of the time-frequency window on the second frequency band includes, reference Figure 8: Protection bands 821 and 822 set in the LTE channel bandwidth; the guard band 821 or 822 set in each LTE channel bandwidth includes: a guard band within the LTE uplink channel bandwidth and a guard band within the LTE downlink channel bandwidth At least one of them; the locations of the guard bands 821 and 822 within the LTE channel bandwidth within the LTE channel bandwidth are shown in FIG. Optionally, resource blocks 811 and 812 provide frequency resources occupied by time-frequency windows used by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels.

对应于LTE(Long Term Evolution)系统支持的不同信道带宽(Channel bandwidth)，相应的信道内发射带宽配置(TBC，Transmission bandwidth configuration)的资源块数目(NRB，Number of Resource Block)以及LTE信道带宽内保护带宽(Guard band bandwidth)参数配置如表1所示，其中，一个RB(Resource Block)的宽度为15kHz×12＝180kHz。Corresponding to the channel bandwidth of the LTE (Long Term Evolution) system, the number of resource blocks (NRB) of the corresponding intra-channel transmission bandwidth configuration (NRB), and the LTE channel bandwidth. The Guard band bandwidth parameter configuration is shown in Table 1, where the width of one RB (Resource Block) is 15 kHz × 12 = 180 kHz.

表1 LTE系统支持的信道带宽配置Table 1 Channel bandwidth configuration supported by the LTE system

Figure PCTCN2017098345-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2017098345-appb-000001

如图2所示，本发明实施例示出的另一种波束引导方法，应用于终端侧，所述方法包括以下步骤：As shown in FIG. 2, another beam guiding method according to an embodiment of the present invention is applied to a terminal side, and the method includes the following steps:

S210终端接收第一和第二无线接入点分别发送的信道探测波束；The S210 terminal receives the channel sounding beams respectively sent by the first and second wireless access points;

S220所述终端向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点发送其响应所述信道探测波束的反馈信息；当终端向第一无线接入点发送反馈信息时，反馈信息用于确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，当终端向第二无线接入点发送反馈信息时，该反馈信息用于确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；S220: The terminal sends, to the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, the feedback information that is in response to the channel sounding beam; when the terminal sends the feedback information to the first wireless access point, the feedback information For determining a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, when the terminal sends the feedback information to the second wireless access point, the feedback information is used to determine the second wireless access point and the terminal Relative direction

S230所述终端使用通信波束与第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点进行业务数据传输；S230: The terminal uses the communication beam to perform service data transmission with at least one of the first and second wireless access points;

其中，该通信波束的波束指向由所述第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向确定，并通过第一无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束；或者，该通信波束的波束指向由所述第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向确 定，并通过第二无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束。Wherein the beam direction of the communication beam is determined by a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, and the communication beam is configured on the beam direction by the first wireless access point; or the communication beam Beam pointing by the relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal And configuring, by the second wireless access point, the communication beam on the beam pointing.

可选的，所述终端接收第一和第二无线接入点分别发送的信道探测波束，包括：Optionally, the terminal receives the channel sounding beams respectively sent by the first and second wireless access points, including:

位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种内的所述终端接收第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第一频带发射的信道探测波束；The terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region receives a channel sounding beam transmitted by at least one of the first and second wireless access points using the first frequency band;

所述信道探测波束承载波束识别信息，该波束识别信息包括如下至少一种信息：该信道探测波束的波束识别信息(ID)、该信道探测波束所属节点信息以及该信道探测波束的指向信息。The channel sounding beam carries beam identification information, and the beam identification information includes at least one of information: beam identification information (ID) of the channel sounding beam, node information to which the channel sounding beam belongs, and pointing information of the channel sounding beam.

在所述终端接收第一和第二无线接入点分别发送的信道探测波束之前，所述方法还包括：Before the receiving, by the terminal, the channel sounding beams respectively sent by the first and second wireless access points, the method further includes:

所述终端使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道接收或发送控制信号，包括如下任意一种实现方式：The terminal receives or sends a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following implementation manners:

所述终端接收无线接入点指示信号，该无线接入点指示信号由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；Receiving, by the terminal, a wireless access point indication signal, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, using the downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band to the first And transmitting at least one of the second spatial regions;

所述终端接收ACK或NACK信号，该ACK或NACK信号由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的无线终端发送；The terminal receives an ACK or NACK signal, and the ACK or NACK signal is located in the first spatial region by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band and Transmitting by the wireless terminal in at least one of the second spatial regions;

所述终端接收信道探测波束的频率位置信息，该信道探测波束的频率位置信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；Receiving, by the terminal, frequency position information of a channel sounding beam, where frequency position information of the channel sounding beam is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points, using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band Transmitting at least one of the first and second spatial regions;

所述终端接收信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息，该信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；Receiving, by the terminal, transmission time window information of a channel sounding beam, where the transmission time window information of the channel sounding beam is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points for downlink control configured on the second frequency band Transmitting a channel to at least one of the first and second spatial regions;

所述终端接收调度指令，该调度指令由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区 域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的终端发送，该调度指令用于在第一频带上为所述通信波束服务的终端指配上行或下行业务信道的时频资源位置；以及Receiving, by the terminal, a scheduling instruction, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, using the downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band to be located in the first space area Transmitting, by the terminal in at least one of the domain and the second spatial region, the scheduling instruction for assigning a time-frequency resource location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel to the terminal serving the communication beam on the first frequency band;

所述终端发送无线接入点指示信号的测量上报信息，该测量上报信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收；或者，所述终端发送业务请求信息，该业务请求信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收；Transmitting, by the terminal, measurement report information of a wireless access point indication signal, where the measurement report information is received by at least one of the first and second wireless access points by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band; Or the terminal sends service request information, where the service request information is received by at least one of the first and second wireless access points by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band;

其中，所述无线接入点指示信号承载如下至少一种信息：无线接入点所对应小区的系统信息块SIB、无线接入点识别信息、无线接入点当前的发射功率信息、无线接入点支持的频带信息、无线接入点当前的频谱使用状态信息以及无线接入点当前的信道配置状态信息；The wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block SIB of a cell corresponding to the wireless access point, wireless access point identification information, current transmission power information of the wireless access point, and wireless access. The frequency band information supported by the point, the current spectrum usage status information of the wireless access point, and the current channel configuration status information of the wireless access point;

所述第一频带的频率高于所述第二频带的频率；或者，所述第一频带与所述第二频带是具有不同频率编号的频带；The frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers;

所述第一空间区域包括第一无线接入点的服务区域和第一无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；The first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point;

所述第二空间区域包括第二无线接入点的服务区域和第二无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；所述第一空间区域与所述第二空间区域之间至少存在部分重叠；The second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and an adjacent area of the service area of the second wireless access point; between the first space area and the second space area At least partial overlap;

所述通信波束与所述信道探测波束使用不同的频率或使用不完全相同的频率。The communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same.

所述终端使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道接收或发送控制信号，包括如下任意一种实现方式：The terminal receives or sends a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following implementation manners:

终端在下行控制信道时频窗口内从第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点接收所述控制信号；其中，所述下行控制信道时频窗口开辟在宏小区使用的第二频带上，所述控制信号由所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该下行控制信道时频窗口内发送；Receiving, by the terminal, the control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a time-frequency window of the downlink control channel; wherein the downlink control channel time-frequency window is opened in the macro cell In the second frequency band, the control signal is sent by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the downlink control channel time-frequency window;

终端在下行控制信道时频窗口内从第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点接收控制信号，所述下行控制信道时频窗口开辟在由第一和第 二无线接入点组成的单频网信道所使用的第二频带上，所述控制信号由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该下行控制信道时频窗口内发送；Receiving, by the terminal, a control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a time-frequency window of the downlink control channel, where the downlink control channel time-frequency window is opened in the first and the The second frequency band used by the single frequency network channel formed by the two wireless access points, wherein the control signal is included in the downlink control channel time-frequency window by at least one of the first and second wireless access points send;

终端在上行控制信道时频窗口内向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点发送控制信号，所述上行控制信道时频窗口开辟在宏小区使用的第二频带上，终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该上行控制信道时频窗口内接收；以及Transmitting, by the terminal, a control signal to at least one of the first and second wireless access points in an uplink control channel time-frequency window, where the uplink control channel time-frequency window is opened on a second frequency band used by the macro cell, and the terminal The measurement reporting information or the service request information is received by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the uplink control channel time-frequency window;

终端在上行控制信道时频窗口内向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点发送控制信号，所述上行控制信道时频窗口开辟在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的分集接收信道所使用的第二频带上，所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该上行控制信道时频窗口内接收。Transmitting, by the terminal, a control signal to at least one of the first and second wireless access points in an uplink control channel time-frequency window, where the uplink control channel time-frequency window is opened by the first and second wireless access points On the second frequency band used by the diversity receiving channel, the measurement reporting information or service request information of the terminal is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the uplink control channel time-frequency window. Received internally.

图3为本发明实施例示出的一种波束间协作传输方法，应用于网络测，基于实施例一的波束引导方法，所述方法包括以下步骤：FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a beam-guided transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method includes the following steps:

S310、第二无线接入点使用与第一无线接入点相同的时频资源在第二频带上向终端发送调度信息；S310. The second wireless access point sends scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band by using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point.

S320、第二无线接入点在其与终端间的相对方向上配置第一通信波束。S320. The second wireless access point configures the first communication beam in a relative direction between the terminal and the terminal.

可选的，所述第二无线接入点使用与第一无线接入点相同的时频资源在第二频带上向终端发送调度信息，包括如下任意一种实现步骤：Optionally, the second wireless access point sends the scheduling information to the terminal in the second frequency band by using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point, including any one of the following implementation steps:

调度信息的宏分集发射步骤，在为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道所配置的时间区间序列上，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；a macrodiversity transmitting step of scheduling information, in a time interval sequence configured for a scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access The same scheduling information is sent to the terminal in a manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, where the scheduling information is a time-frequency position at which the terminal specifies an uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;

调度信息的宏分集发射步骤，在为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道所配置的时间区间序列上，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置的第 一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；其中，第一和第二无线接入点使用相同的信道码和相同的小区扰码发送承载所述调度信息的信号；a macrodiversity transmitting step of scheduling information, in a time interval sequence configured for a scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access Sending the same scheduling information to the terminal according to time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, where the scheduling information is configured by the terminal on the first wireless access point. Specifying a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel on a communication beam; wherein the first and second wireless access points transmit the signal carrying the scheduling information by using the same channel code and the same cell scrambling code;

调度信息的替换发射步骤，在为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道所配置的时间区间序列上，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在所述第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；以及The step of transmitting the scheduling information, in the time interval sequence configured for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the first wireless access point interrupts sending the scheduling to the terminal Information that the second wireless access point transmits scheduling information to the terminal using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval in the time interval, where the scheduling information is specified by the terminal on the second communication beam. The time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel;

调度信息的替换发射步骤，在为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道所配置的时间区间序列上，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置的第一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置。The step of transmitting the scheduling information, in the time interval sequence configured for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the first wireless access point interrupts sending the scheduling to the terminal Information, the second wireless access point sends scheduling information to the terminal in the time interval using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval, where the scheduling information is configured by the terminal on the first wireless access point. The time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel is specified on the first communication beam.

在一个实施例中，所述第二无线接入点在其与终端间的相对方向上配置第一通信波束，包括如下任意一种实现步骤：In an embodiment, the second wireless access point configures the first communication beam in a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal, and includes any one of the following implementation steps:

业务信道的宏分集发射步骤，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式分别使用第二通信波束和第一通信波束向所述终端发送相同的业务数据；The macro diversity transmitting step of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the second wireless access point and the Using a second communication beam and a first communication beam to transmit the same service data to the terminal in a manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, respectively, between the wireless access points;

业务信道的宏分集接收步骤，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间分别使用第二通信波束和第一通信波束从所述终端接收相同的业务数据；The macro diversity receiving step of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, at the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel designated by the terminal, the second wireless access point and the Receiving the same service data from the terminal using a second communication beam and a first communication beam respectively between the wireless access points;

业务信道的替换发射步骤，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送业务数据，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据；The replacement transmission step of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmission step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmission step of the scheduling information, is the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, and the first wireless access point is interrupted Transmitting, by the terminal, the service data, where the second wireless access point sends the service data to the terminal by using the second communication beam at the time-frequency location;

业务信道的替换接收步骤，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的 替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点中断从所述终端接收业务数据，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据；An alternate receiving step of the traffic channel, a macro diversity transmitting step of scheduling information or scheduling information The first wireless access point interrupts receiving service data from the terminal, and the second wireless access point passes the time-frequency position at the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information sent by the transmitting step. The second communication beam receives service data from the terminal;

业务信道的上下行异节点收发步骤，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点使用第一通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据；以及The uplink and downlink different node transmitting and receiving steps of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, the time interval of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the first wireless access point Receiving service data from the terminal by using the first communication beam, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, in the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the second wireless The access point transmits the service data to the terminal through the second communication beam at the time-frequency location;

业务信道的上下行异节点收发步骤，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点使用第一通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据。The uplink and downlink different node transmitting and receiving steps of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the first wireless access point Transmitting the service data to the terminal by using the first communication beam, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, at the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the second wireless The access point receives traffic data from the terminal over the second communication beam at the time-frequency location.

在一个示例中，在第二无线接入点使用与第一无线接入点相同的时频资源在第二频带上向所述终端发送调度信息之前，所述方法还包括：进行波束间潜在协作传输状态判断，包括如下任意一种实现步骤：In one example, before the second wireless access point transmits the scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point, the method further includes: performing inter-beam potential cooperation The transmission status judgment includes any one of the following implementation steps:

将第二无线接入点与终端的相对角度与第一无线接入点的通信波束支持的有效服务区域的边界所对应的方位角度的边界角度值相比较，若在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，则将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，执行所述调度信息发送步骤；若不在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为不处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，不执行所述调度信息发送步骤；以及Comparing the relative angle between the second wireless access point and the terminal with the boundary angle value of the azimuth angle corresponding to the boundary of the effective service area supported by the communication beam of the first wireless access point, if the angle is expressed at the boundary angle value Within the range, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are determined to be in a potential cooperative transmission state between the beams, and the scheduling information sending step is performed; if not within the angular range expressed by the boundary angle value, Determining that the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are not in the inter-beam potential cooperative transmission state, and not performing the scheduling information sending step;

将第二无线接入点与终端的相对角度与第一无线接入点的通信波束支持的有效服务区域的边界所对应的方位角度的边界角度值相比较，并且将终端上报的第二无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的信号强度与预定信号强度门限相比较；若在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，并且所述信道探测波束的信号强度大于所述预定信号强度门限，则将第二无线接入点与第一无线 接入点判为处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，执行所述调度信息发送步骤；若不在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，或者所述信道探测波束的信号强度小于或等于所述预定信号强度门限，将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为不处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，不执行所述调度信息发送步骤。Comparing the relative angle between the second wireless access point and the terminal with the boundary angle value of the azimuth angle corresponding to the boundary of the effective service area supported by the communication beam of the first wireless access point, and transmitting the second wireless connection reported by the terminal The signal strength of the channel sounding beam transmitted by the ingress point is compared with a predetermined signal strength threshold; if the signal strength of the channel sounding beam is greater than the predetermined signal strength threshold within the angular range of the boundary angle value, Second wireless access point and first wireless The access point is determined to be in a potential coordinated transmission state between the beams, and the step of transmitting the scheduling information is performed; if the angle of the boundary angle value is not within the range of the angle, or the signal strength of the channel detecting beam is less than or equal to the predetermined signal The strength threshold determines that the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are not in a potential cooperative transmission state between the beams, and the scheduling information sending step is not performed.

可选地，参看图4，第二无线接入点402的通信波束支持的有效服务区域及图4所示的第二无线接入点服务区域404，所述有效服务区域的边界及如图4所示的第二无线接入点服务区域404的边界线所示，所述有效服务区域的边界所对应的方位角度的边界值即边界线上的特定点相对于第二无线接入点402的方位角度值和俯仰角度值；第一无线接入点401的通信波束支持的有效服务区域即图4所示的第二无线接入点服务区域403，所述有效服务区域的边界即如图4所示的第一无线接入点服务区域403的边界线所示，所述有效服务区域的边界所对应的方位角度的边界值即边界线上的特定点相对于第一无线接入点401的方位角度值和俯仰角度值。Optionally, referring to FIG. 4, the effective service area supported by the communication beam of the second wireless access point 402 and the second wireless access point service area 404 shown in FIG. 4, the boundary of the effective service area and FIG. 4 As shown by the boundary line of the second wireless access point service area 404, the boundary value of the azimuth angle corresponding to the boundary of the effective service area, that is, the specific point on the boundary line relative to the second wireless access point 402 The azimuth angle value and the pitch angle value; the effective service area supported by the communication beam of the first wireless access point 401 is the second wireless access point service area 403 shown in FIG. 4, and the boundary of the effective service area is as shown in FIG. 4 The boundary line of the first wireless access point service area 403 is shown, the boundary value of the azimuth angle corresponding to the boundary of the effective service area, that is, the specific point on the boundary line relative to the first wireless access point 401 Azimuth angle value and pitch angle value.

如图4所示，终端451与终端451’分别表示位于第一位置的终端和位于第二位置的终端，使用位于第二位置的终端451’发送的对第二无线接入点发送的信道探测波束421至424的反馈信息估计信道探测波束在终端451’所在方位上的信号强度，将估计出的信道探测波束在终端451’所在方位上的信号强度与所述预定信号强度门限I_thr相比较，比较结果是大于预定信号强度门限I_thr，于是将终端451’判为潜在协作传输终端，并将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为处于波束间潜在协作传输状态；或者，如图4所示，终端451与终端451’分别表示位于第一位置的终端和位于第二位置的终端；使用位于第二位置的终端451’发送的对第一无线接入点发送的信道探测波束411至414的反馈信息估计信道探测波束照射在终端451’所在方位时终端能够接收到的信号强度S1，使用位于第二位置的终端451’发送的对第二无线接入点发送的信道探测波束421至424的反馈信息估计信道探测波束照射在终端451’所在方位时终端能够接收到的信号强度S2，比较S1与S2的大小，比较结果是S2大于S1，于是将位于第二位置的终端451’判为处于潜在协作传输状态的终端，在并将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为处于波束间潜在协作传输状态。 As shown in FIG. 4, the terminal 451 and the terminal 451' respectively represent the terminal located at the first location and the terminal located at the second location, and the channel detection sent by the terminal 451' located at the second location to the second wireless access point is detected. The feedback information of the beams 421 to 424 estimates the signal strength of the channel sounding beam in the orientation of the terminal 451', and compares the estimated signal strength of the channel sounding beam at the position of the terminal 451' with the predetermined signal strength threshold I_thr. The comparison result is greater than the predetermined signal strength threshold I_thr, and then the terminal 451' is judged as a potential cooperative transmission terminal, and the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are judged to be in a potential cooperative transmission state between the beams; or, for example, As shown in FIG. 4, the terminal 451 and the terminal 451' respectively represent a terminal located at a first location and a terminal located at a second location; and a channel sounding beam transmitted by the terminal 451' located at the second location for transmitting to the first wireless access point The feedback information of 411 to 414 estimates the signal strength S1 that the terminal can receive when the channel detecting beam illuminates the orientation of the terminal 451', and the use is located. The feedback information of the channel sounding beams 421 to 424 sent by the second wireless access point transmitted by the terminal 451 ′ of the second location estimates the signal strength S2 that the terminal can receive when the channel sounding beam is irradiated in the direction of the terminal 451 ′, and compares S1 with The size of S2, the comparison result is that S2 is greater than S1, and then the terminal 451' located at the second location is judged as the terminal in the potential cooperative transmission state, and the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are judged to be in the Potential cooperative transmission state between beams.

第一无线接入点401的服务区域403与第二无线接入点402的服务区域404之间存在重叠区域，在该重叠区域内，存在同时使用第一无线接入点401及第二无线接入点402向同一个终端实施传输的可能。There is an overlapping area between the service area 403 of the first wireless access point 401 and the service area 404 of the second wireless access point 402. In the overlapping area, there is a simultaneous use of the first wireless access point 401 and the second wireless connection. The entry point 402 implements the transmission to the same terminal.

当终端451由第一无线接入点401覆盖的第一位置向第二无线接入点覆盖的第二位置移动时，在满足所述的潜在协作传输状态后，第一无线接入点401发送照向终端451’的波束440，波束440与第二无线接入点402发送的波束430以发射分集或异频并行传输的方式向终端451’传输数据。When the terminal 451 moves from the first location covered by the first wireless access point 401 to the second location covered by the second wireless access point, after the potential coordinated transmission state is satisfied, the first wireless access point 401 sends The beam 440 directed to the terminal 451', the beam 440 and the beam 430 transmitted by the second wireless access point 402 transmit data to the terminal 451' in a transmit diversity or inter-frequency parallel transmission.

对应于所述波束间协同传输步骤，所述使用从终端451’接收到的所述信道探测波束的反馈信息确定服务于终端451’的通信波束的指向，包括如下步骤：Corresponding to the inter-beam coordinated transmission step, the determining the direction of the communication beam serving the terminal 451' using the feedback information of the channel sounding beam received from the terminal 451' includes the following steps:

使用信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率间的比值，结合相应信道探测波束的指向角度，使用比幅侧向法确定终端451’所在位置相对于特定信道探测波束指向的偏移角度，使用该偏移角度确定服务于终端451’的通信波束的指向；Using the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, the signal amplitude or power ratio of two or more channel sounding beams with different beam directions, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam, using the amplitude lateral method to determine the terminal The offset angle of the location of the 451' relative to the specific channel probe beam, using the offset angle to determine the direction of the communication beam serving the terminal 451';

可选地，第一无线节点401从终端451’获取对四个具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束411、412、413和414的信号强度测量信息，使用信道探测波束411、412间的信号强度之差及这两个信道探测波束的波束形状信息，计算出终端451’接收天线相对于信道探测波束411的第一维偏移角度，使用信道探测波束413、414间的信号强度之差及这两个信道探测波束的波束形状信息，计算出终端451’接收天线相对于信道探测波束413的第二维偏移角度；使用信道探测波束411和413的波束指向以及所述第一和第二维偏移角度确定终端451’相对于第一无线接入点401的方位角度；Optionally, the first wireless node 401 acquires signal strength measurement information for four channel sounding beams 411, 412, 413, and 414 having different beam directions from the terminal 451', using the signal strength between the channel sounding beams 411, 412. Comparing the beam shape information of the two channel detection beams, calculating the first-dimensional offset angle of the terminal 451' receiving antenna with respect to the channel detecting beam 411, using the difference between the signal strengths of the channel detecting beams 413, 414, and the like The beam shape information of the channel sounding beams, the second dimension offset angle of the receiving antenna relative to the channel sounding beam 413 is calculated; the beam pointing of the channel detecting beams 411 and 413 and the first and second dimensional offsets are used. The angle of change determines the azimuth angle of the terminal 451' relative to the first wireless access point 401;

可选的，使用终端451’相对于第一无线接入点401的方位角度，将第一无线接入点的通信波束420的指向调整到该方位角度上，在该方位角度上对终端451’进行照射。Optionally, the orientation of the communication beam 420 of the first wireless access point is adjusted to the azimuth angle by using the azimuth angle of the terminal 451' relative to the first wireless access point 401, and the terminal 451' is at the azimuth angle. Irradiation is performed.

第一无线接入点401的服务区域403与第二无线接入点402的服务区域404之间存在重叠区域，在该重叠区域内，存在同时使用波束420及430向同一个终端451’实施传输的可能。There is an overlapping area between the service area 403 of the first wireless access point 401 and the service area 404 of the second wireless access point 402. In the overlapping area, there is simultaneous use of the beams 420 and 430 to perform transmission to the same terminal 451'. Possible.

图5为本发明实施例示出的一种波束引导装置500，应用于网络侧，所 述装置500包括信道探测波束发射单元510、信道探测波束反馈信息接收单元520、终端相对方向确定单元530和通信波束配置单元540；其中，FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a beam guiding apparatus 500, which is applied to a network side according to an embodiment of the present invention. The device 500 includes a channel sounding beam transmitting unit 510, a channel sounding beam feedback information receiving unit 520, a terminal relative direction determining unit 530, and a communication beam configuring unit 540;

所述信道探测波束发射单元510，设置为使第一和第二无线接入点分别向终端发送信道探测波束；The channel sounding beam transmitting unit 510 is configured to enable the first and second wireless access points to respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal;

所述信道探测波束反馈信息接收单元520，设置为使第一和第二无线接入点中至少一个无线接入点接收所述终端响应所述信道探测波束返回的反馈信息；The channel detection beam feedback information receiving unit 520 is configured to enable at least one of the first and second wireless access points to receive feedback information that the terminal responds to the channel detection beam return;

所述终端相对方向确定单元530，设置为实现以下至少一种：The terminal relative direction determining unit 530 is configured to implement at least one of the following:

根据所述终端对第一无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的反馈信息确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；和，根据所述终端对第二无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的反馈信息确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；Determining a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal according to the feedback information of the channel sounding beam sent by the terminal to the first wireless access point; and sending the second wireless access point according to the terminal The feedback information of the channel sounding beam determines a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal;

所述通信波束配置单元540，设置为实现以下至少一种：将所述第一无线接入点与终端间的相对方向作为第一无线接入点发射的通信波束的波束指向，通过第一无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束；和，将所述第二无线接入点与终端间的相对方向作为第二无线接入点发射的通信波束的波束指向，通过第二无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束。The communication beam configuration unit 540 is configured to implement at least one of: directing a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal as a beam direction of a communication beam transmitted by the first wireless access point, by using the first wireless The access point configures the communication beam on the beam direction; and, the relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal is used as the beam direction of the communication beam transmitted by the second wireless access point, and the second wireless connection is performed. The ingress point configures the communication beam on the beam pointing.

所述信道探测波束发射单元510是设置为：使所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第一频带向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射信道探测波束。The channel sounding beam transmitting unit 510 is configured to: cause at least one of the first and second wireless access points to use the first frequency band to at least one of the first and second spatial regions Transmit channel detection beam.

所述信道探测波束发射单元510，是设置为：使第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点以瞬时多波束或瞬时单波束方式向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射两个或两个以上的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束；The channel sounding beam transmitting unit 510 is configured to: enable at least one of the first and second wireless access points to be in an instantaneous multi-beam or instantaneous single beam manner in the first and second spatial regions. Transmitting at least one spatial region two or more channel sounding beams having different beam directions;

其中，所述信道探测波束承载波束指示信息，该波束指示信息包括如下至少一种信息：该信道探测波束的波束识别信息(ID)、该信道探测波束所属节点信息以及该信道探测波束的指向信息。The channel sounding beam carries beam indication information, and the beam indication information includes at least one type of information: beam identification information (ID) of the channel sounding beam, node information of the channel sounding beam, and pointing information of the channel sounding beam. .

由同一个无线接入点依次发射的在空间上相邻的两个或两个以上的信 道探测波束的发射功率相同。Two or more spatially adjacent signals transmitted by the same wireless access point in sequence The transmit power of the track probe beam is the same.

所述信道探测波束反馈信息接收单元520是设置为：使所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第二频带接收从位于所述第一和第二空间区域中至少一个空间区域中的终端响应所述信道探测波束返回的反馈信息；The channel sounding beam feedback information receiving unit 520 is configured to: enable at least one of the first and second wireless access points to receive from the first and second spatial regions using a second frequency band a terminal in at least one of the spatial regions responding to feedback information returned by the channel sounding beam;

其中，所述第一频带的频率高于第二频带的频率；或者，所述第一频带与第二频带是具有不同频率编号的频带；Wherein the frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers;

所述第一空间区域包括第一无线接入点的服务区域和第一无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；The first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point;

所述第二空间区域包括第二无线接入点的服务区域和第二无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；所述第一空间区域与所述第二空间区域之间至少存在部分重叠；The second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and an adjacent area of the service area of the second wireless access point; between the first space area and the second space area At least partial overlap;

所述通信波束与信道探测波束使用不同的频率或使用不完全相同的频率。The communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same.

所述终端相对方向确定单元包括相对方向估计模块，所述相对方向估计模块设置为执行如下任意一种操作步骤：The terminal relative direction determining unit includes a relative direction estimating module, and the relative direction estimating module is configured to perform any one of the following operational steps:

比幅测向步骤包括以下至少一种：The specific amplitude measurement step includes at least one of the following:

使用信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的由第一无线接入点发射的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率间的比值，结合相应信道探测波束的指向角度，使用比幅测向法确定终端所在位置相对于特定信道探测波束指向的偏移角度，使用该偏移角度确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；Using the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, the ratio of signal amplitudes or powers of two or more channel sounding beams with different beam directions transmitted by the first wireless access point, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam Determining, by using a amplitude direction finding method, an offset angle of a location of the terminal relative to a specific channel probe beam, and using the offset angle to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal;

使用信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的由第二无线接入点发射的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率间的比值，结合相应信道探测波束的指向角度，使用比幅测向法确定终端所在位置相对于特定信道探测波束指向的偏移角度，使用该偏移角度确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；Using the feedback information of the channel sounding beam to include two or more signal amplitudes or ratios of powers of channel sounding beams with different beam directions transmitted by the second wireless access point, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam Determining, by using the amplitude direction finding method, an offset angle of a location of the terminal relative to a specific channel probe beam, and using the offset angle to determine a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal;

质心测向步骤包括以下至少一种： The centroid direction finding step includes at least one of the following:

估计信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的由第一无线接入点发射的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值的质心位置；结合所述不同信道探测波束的相应波束指向角度，计算所述质心位置的指向角度，使用质心位置的指向角度确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；Estimating the feedback information of the channel sounding beam comprising two or more centroid positions of signal amplitudes or power values of channel sounding beams having different beam directions transmitted by the first wireless access point; combining the different channel sounding beams Corresponding beam pointing angle, calculating a pointing angle of the centroid position, determining a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal by using a pointing angle of the centroid position;

估计信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的由第二无线接入点发射的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值的质心位置；结合所述不同信道探测波束的相应波束指向角度，计算所述质心位置的指向角度，使用质心位置的指向角度确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；Estimating the feedback information of the channel sounding beam comprising two or more centroid positions of signal amplitudes or power values of channel sounding beams having different beam directions transmitted by the second wireless access point; combining the different channel sounding beams Corresponding beam pointing angle, calculating a pointing angle of the centroid position, determining a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal by using a pointing angle of the centroid position;

最大值测向步骤包括以下至少一种：从信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的由第一无线接入点发射的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值中选择最大值；将该最大值对应的信道探测波束的波束指向确定为第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；The maximum value DF step includes at least one of: two or more signal amplitudes or power values of channel sounding beams having different beam directions transmitted by the first wireless access point included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam Selecting a maximum value; determining a beam direction of the channel sounding beam corresponding to the maximum value as a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal;

从信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的由第二无线接入点发射的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值中选择最大值；将该最大值对应的信道探测波束的波束指向确定为第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向。Selecting a maximum value from two or more signal amplitudes or power values of channel probe beams having different beam directions transmitted by the second wireless access point included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam; The beam direction of the channel sounding beam is determined as the relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal.

所述装置还包括：控制信息传输模块550，设置为在所述第一和第二无线接入点分别向终端发送信道探测波束之前，使第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道进行控制信息的传输。The apparatus further includes: a control information transmission module 550, configured to enable at least one of the first and second wireless access points to be wireless before the first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal The access point transmits control information using a control channel configured on the second frequency band.

所述控制信息传输模块550是设置为执行如下任意一种操作：The control information transmission module 550 is configured to perform any of the following operations:

通过第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送无线接入点指示信号；Transmitting, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, a wireless access point indication signal to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band ;

通过第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和/或第二空间区域中的无线终端发送ACK或NACK信号； Transmitting ACK or NACK to the wireless terminal located in the first spatial area and/or the second spatial area by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points using the downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band Signal

通过第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送信道探测波束的频率位置信息；Transmitting, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, a frequency location of the channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band information;

通过第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息；Transmitting a channel sounding beam transmission time to at least one of the first and second spatial regions by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band Window information

通过第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的终端发送调度指令，该调度指令在第一频带上为通信波束服务的终端指配上行或下行业务信道的时频资源位置；以及Sending a scheduling instruction to a terminal located in at least one of the first spatial area and the second spatial area by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band And the scheduling instruction assigns a time-frequency resource location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel to the terminal served by the communication beam on the first frequency band;

通过第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收所述终端对第一无线接入点或第二无线接入点指示信号的测量上报信息；或，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收所述终端的业务请求信息；Receiving, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, the first wireless access point or the second wireless access point indication signal by the terminal using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band Measuring report information; or, at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the service request information of the terminal by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band;

其中，所述无线接入点指示信号承载如下至少一种信息：无线接入点所对应小区的系统信息块SIB、无线接入点识别信息、无线接入点当前的发射功率信息、无线接入点支持的频带信息、无线接入点当前的频谱使用状态信息以及无线接入点当前的信道配置状态信息。The wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block SIB of a cell corresponding to the wireless access point, wireless access point identification information, current transmission power information of the wireless access point, and wireless access. The frequency band information supported by the point, the current spectrum usage status information of the wireless access point, and the current channel configuration status information of the wireless access point.

所述控制信息传输模块使用的配置在第二频带上的控制信道的实现包括如下任意一种实现方式：The implementation of the control channel configured on the second frequency band used by the control information transmission module includes any one of the following implementation manners:

在宏小区下行信道使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点下行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点在该时频窗口内发送控制信号；Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels on the second frequency band used by the macro cell downlink channel, and the first and second wireless access points transmit control signals in the time-frequency window ;

在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的单频网所使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点下行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点在该时频窗口内发送控制信号；Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels on the second frequency band used by the single frequency network consisting of the first and second wireless access points, the first and second wireless The access point sends a control signal in the time-frequency window;

在宏小区上行信道使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点上行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接 入点在该时频窗口内接收所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息；以及Transmitting a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point uplink control channels in a second frequency band used by the macro cell uplink channel, and at least one of the first and second wireless access points is wirelessly connected Receiving, in the time-frequency window, receiving measurement report information or service request information of the terminal;

在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的分集接收信道所使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一无线接入点上行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该时频窗口内接收所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息。Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first wireless access point uplink control channel on the second frequency band used by the diversity receiving channel composed of the first and second wireless access points, the first and second wireless access points At least one of the wireless access points receives measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window.

所述通信管理模块560设置为根据需要实现的波束间协作传输功能对控制信息传输模块550所传输的控制信息进行管理，管理项目包括：为通信管理模块560配置向终端发送控制信令的时频窗口；为通信管理模块560配置从终端接收控制信令的时频窗口。The communication management module 560 is configured to manage the control information transmitted by the control information transmission module 550 according to the inter-beam coordinated transmission function that is implemented, and the management item includes: configuring the communication management module 560 to send the control signaling time frequency to the terminal. a window; a time-frequency window for the communication management module 560 to receive control signaling from the terminal.

所述通信管理模块560设置为为信道探测波束发射单元510指配时频窗口、波束扫描方式和波束识别信息。The communication management module 560 is configured to assign a time-frequency window, a beam scanning mode, and beam identification information to the channel sounding beam transmitting unit 510.

图6为本发明实施例示出的一种波束引导装置600，应用于终端侧，所述装置600包括：FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a beam guiding device 600, which is applied to a terminal side, and the device 600 includes:

信道探测波束接收单元610，设置为使终端接收第一和第二无线接入点分别发送的信道探测波束；The channel sounding beam receiving unit 610 is configured to enable the terminal to receive the channel sounding beams respectively sent by the first and second wireless access points;

信道探测波束反馈单元620，设置为使终端向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点发送其响应所述信道探测波束的反馈信息；当终端向第一无线接入点发送反馈信息时，该反馈信息用于确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，当终端向第二无线接入点发送反馈信息时，该反馈信息用于确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；The channel sounding beam feedback unit 620 is configured to enable the terminal to send feedback information to the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in response to the channel sounding beam; when the terminal is to the first wireless access point When the feedback information is sent, the feedback information is used to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal. When the terminal sends the feedback information to the second wireless access point, the feedback information is used to determine the second wireless connection. The relative direction between the entry point and the terminal;

业务传输单元630，设置为使终端通过通信波束与第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点进行业务数据传输；The service transmission unit 630 is configured to enable the terminal to perform service data transmission with the at least one of the first and second wireless access points by using the communication beam;

其中，该通信波束的指向由所述第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向确定，并通过第一无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束；或者，该通信波束的指向由所述第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向确定，并通过第二无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束。The direction of the communication beam is determined by a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, and the communication beam is configured on the beam direction by the first wireless access point; or, the communication beam The pointing is determined by a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal, and the communication beam is configured on the beam pointing by the second wireless access point.

所述信道探测波束接收单元610，是设置为：使位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中的至少一种内的所述终端接收第一和第二无线接入点中的至 少一个无线接入点使用第一频带发射的信道探测波束；其中，所述信道探测波束承载波束识别信息，该波束识别信息包括如下至少一种信息：该信道探测波束的波束识别信息(ID)、该信道探测波束所属节点信息以及该信道探测波束的指向信息。The channel sounding beam receiving unit 610 is configured to: receive, by the terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region, to the first and second wireless access points One less radio access point uses a channel sounding beam transmitted by the first frequency band; wherein the channel sounding beam carries beam identification information, the beam identification information includes at least one of the following information: beam identification information (ID) of the channel sounding beam And the node information of the channel sounding beam and the pointing information of the channel sounding beam.

所述信道探测波束反馈单元620，是设置为：使位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种内的终端使用第二频带向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点发送其响应所述信道探测波束的反馈信息；其中，所述第一频带的频率高于第二频带的频率；或者，所述第一频带与第二频带是具有不同频率编号的频带；所述第一空间区域包括第一无线接入点的服务区域和第一无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；所述第二空间区域包括第二无线接入点的服务区域和第二无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；所述第一空间区域与所述第二空间区域之间至少存在部分重叠；所述通信波束与信道探测波束使用不同的频率或使用不完全相同的频率。The channel sounding beam feedback unit 620 is configured to: cause a terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region to use the second frequency band to wirelessize at least one of the first and second wireless access points The access point transmits feedback information in response to the channel sounding beam; wherein the frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers The first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point; the second spatial area includes a second wireless access point At least one of a service area and an adjacent area of a service area of the second wireless access point; at least partial overlap between the first spatial area and the second spatial area; use of the communication beam and channel sounding beam Different frequencies or frequencies that are not exactly the same.

所述信道探测波束接收单元610，还设置为在一个连续的接收时间窗口内对两个或两个以上的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束进行接收，并获取与特定信道探测波束相对应的信号强度或功率及波束识别信息。The channel sounding beam receiving unit 610 is further configured to receive two or more channel sounding beams having different beam directions in a continuous receiving time window, and acquire signals corresponding to the specific channel sounding beams. Strength or power and beam identification information.

所述信道探测波束反馈单元620，还设置为在一个连续的反馈时间窗口内对两个或两个以上的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束各自对应的信号强度或功率及波束识别信息进行反馈发送。The channel sounding beam feedback unit 620 is further configured to feed back signal strength or power and beam identification information corresponding to two or more channel sounding beams with different beam directions in a continuous feedback time window. .

所述装置还包括控制信息收发模块640，设置为在所述终端接收第一和第二无线接入点发送的信道探测波束之前，使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道接收或发送控制信号。The apparatus further includes a control information transceiver module 640 configured to receive or transmit a control signal using a control channel configured on the second frequency band before the terminal receives the channel sounding beams transmitted by the first and second wireless access points.

所述控制信息收发模块640设置为使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道接收或发送控制信号，包括如下任意一种实现方式：The control information transceiver module 640 is configured to receive or transmit a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, including any one of the following implementation manners:

所述控制信息收发模块接收无线接入点指示信号，该无线接入点指示信号由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；The control information transceiver module receives a wireless access point indication signal, and the wireless access point indication signal uses a downlink control channel configured in a second frequency band by at least one of the first and second wireless access points Transmitting to at least one of the first and second spatial regions;

所述控制信息收发模块接收ACK或NACK信号，该ACK或NACK信 号由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的无线终端发送；The control information transceiver module receives an ACK or NACK signal, the ACK or NACK letter And transmitting, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, to the wireless terminal located in at least one of the first spatial area and the second spatial area, using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band ;

所述控制信息收发模块接收信道探测波束的频率位置信息，该信道探测波束的频率位置信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；The control information transceiver module receives frequency position information of a channel sounding beam, and the frequency position information of the channel sounding beam is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points to configure a downlink in the second frequency band. Transmitting a control channel to at least one of the first and second spatial regions;

所述控制信息收发模块接收信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息，该信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；The control information transceiver module receives transmission time window information of a channel sounding beam, and the transmission time window information of the channel sounding beam is configured by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points on the second frequency band. The downlink control channel is sent to at least one of the first and second spatial regions;

所述控制信息收发模块接收调度指令，该调度指令由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的终端发送，该调度指令在第一频带上为通信波束服务的终端指配上行或下行业务信道的时频资源位置；以及The control information transceiver module receives a scheduling instruction, where the scheduling instruction is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points to use the downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band to be located in the first spatial area and Transmitting, by the terminal in at least one of the two spatial regions, the scheduling instruction assigning a time-frequency resource location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel to the terminal served by the communication beam on the first frequency band;

所述控制信息收发模块发送无线接入点指示信号的测量上报信息，该测量上报信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收；或者，所述终端发送业务请求信息，该业务请求信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收；The control information transceiver module sends measurement report information of the wireless access point indication signal, where the measurement report information is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points to use uplink control configured on the second frequency band. Channel receiving; or, the terminal sends service request information, where the service request information is received by at least one of the first and second wireless access points using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band;

其中，所述无线接入点指示信号承载如下至少一种信息：无线接入点所对应小区的系统信息块SIB、无线接入点识别信息、无线接入点当前的发射功率信息、无线接入点支持的频带信息、无线接入点当前的频谱使用状态信息以及无线接入点当前的信道配置状态信息。The wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block SIB of a cell corresponding to the wireless access point, wireless access point identification information, current transmission power information of the wireless access point, and wireless access. The frequency band information supported by the point, the current spectrum usage status information of the wireless access point, and the current channel configuration status information of the wireless access point.

所述控制信息收发模块设置为使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道接收或发送控制信号，包括如下任意一种步骤：The control information transceiver module is configured to receive or transmit a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, including any one of the following steps:

终端在下行控制信道时频窗口内从第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个接收所述控制信号，所述下行控制信道时频窗口开辟在宏小区使用的第二 频带上，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个在该下行控制信道时频窗口内发送控制信号；Receiving, by the terminal, the control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a downlink control channel time-frequency window, wherein the downlink control channel time-frequency window opens a second used in the macro cell At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a control signal within the downlink control channel time-frequency window;

终端在下行控制信道时频窗口内从第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个接收控制信号，所述下行控制信道时频窗口开辟在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的单频网信道所使用的第二频带上，第一和第二无线接入点在该下行控制信道时频窗口内发送控制信号；Receiving, by the terminal, a control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a downlink control channel time-frequency window, the downlink control channel time-frequency window opening a single in the first and second wireless access points The second frequency band used by the frequency network channel, the first and second wireless access points send control signals in the downlink control channel time-frequency window;

终端在上行控制信道时频窗口内向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个发送控制信号，所述上行控制信道时频窗口开辟在宏小区使用的第二频带上，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个在该上行控制信道时频窗口内接收终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息；以及Transmitting, by the terminal, a control signal to at least one of the first and second wireless access points in an uplink control channel time-frequency window, where the uplink control channel time-frequency window is opened on a second frequency band used by the macro cell, first and second At least one of the wireless access points receives measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the uplink control channel time-frequency window;

终端在上行控制信道时频窗口内向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个发送控制信号，所述上行控制信道时频窗口开辟在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的分集接收信道所使用的第二频带上，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个在该上行控制信道时频窗口内接收所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息。Transmitting, by the terminal, a control signal to at least one of the first and second wireless access points in an uplink control channel time-frequency window, wherein the uplink control channel time-frequency window is opened for diversity reception by the first and second wireless access points On the second frequency band used by the channel, at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the uplink control channel time-frequency window.

所述控制信息收发模块还设置为接收按照如下任意一种步骤发送的调度信息：The control information transceiver module is further configured to receive scheduling information sent according to any one of the following steps:

调度信息的宏分集发射步骤，在为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道所配置的时间区间序列上，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在所述第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；a macrodiversity transmitting step of scheduling information, in a time interval sequence configured for a scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access The same scheduling information is sent to the terminal in a manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, where the scheduling information is a time-frequency position at which the terminal specifies an uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;

调度信息的宏分集发射步骤，在为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道所配置的时间区间序列上，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置的第一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；a macrodiversity transmitting step of scheduling information, in a time interval sequence configured for a scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access Sending the same scheduling information to the terminal in the manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies an uplink or downlink traffic channel on the first communication beam configured on the first wireless access point. Time-frequency position;

调度信息的替换发射步骤，在为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道所配置的时间区间序列上，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点 中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在所述第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；以及An alternate transmitting step of scheduling information, in a time interval sequence configured for a scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the first wireless access point Disconnecting the scheduling information to the terminal, where the second wireless access point sends scheduling information to the terminal using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval in the time interval, where the scheduling information is Determining a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;

调度信息的替换发射步骤，在为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道所配置的时间区间序列上，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置的第一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置。The step of transmitting the scheduling information, in the time interval sequence configured for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the first wireless access point interrupts sending the scheduling to the terminal Information, the second wireless access point sends scheduling information to the terminal in the time interval using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval, where the scheduling information is configured by the terminal on the first wireless access point. The time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel is specified on the first communication beam.

图7为本发明实施例示出的一种波束间协作传输装置，基于实施例四所述波束引导装置，应用于网络侧，包括：协作传输调度单元710和协作通信波束配置单元720；其中，FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an inter-beam coordinated transmission apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention. The beam steering apparatus according to the fourth embodiment is applied to the network side, and includes: a cooperative transmission scheduling unit 710 and a cooperative communication beam configuration unit 720.

所述协作传输调度单元710，设置为使第二无线接入点使用与第一无线接入点相同的时频资源在第二频带上向所述终端发送调度信息；The cooperative transmission scheduling unit 710 is configured to enable the second wireless access point to send scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band by using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point;

所述协作通信波束配置单元720，设置为使第二无线接入点在其与终端间的相对方向上配置第一通信波束。The cooperative communication beam configuration unit 720 is configured to configure the second wireless access point to configure the first communication beam in a relative direction between the terminal and the terminal.

所述协作传输调度单元710，是设置为执行如下任意一种实施步骤：The cooperative transmission scheduling unit 710 is configured to perform any of the following implementation steps:

调度信息的宏分集发射步骤，在为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道所配置的时间区间序列上，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；a macrodiversity transmitting step of scheduling information, in a time interval sequence configured for a scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access The same scheduling information is sent to the terminal in a manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, where the scheduling information is a time-frequency position at which the terminal specifies an uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;

调度信息的宏分集发射步骤，在为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道所配置的时间区间序列上，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置的第一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；a macrodiversity transmitting step of scheduling information, in a time interval sequence configured for a scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access Sending the same scheduling information to the terminal in the manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies an uplink or downlink traffic channel on the first communication beam configured on the first wireless access point. Time-frequency position;

调度信息的替换发射步骤，在为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信 道所配置的时间区间序列上，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在所述第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；以及The alternate transmission step of the scheduling information, in the transmission of the scheduling information between the wireless access point and the terminal In the time interval sequence configured by the track, in at least one time interval, the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point uses the first wireless access point in the time interval. And transmitting, by the frequency used before the time interval, scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is a time-frequency location at which the terminal specifies an uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;

调度信息的替换发射步骤，在为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道所配置的时间区间序列上，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置的第一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置。The step of transmitting the scheduling information, in the time interval sequence configured for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the first wireless access point interrupts sending the scheduling to the terminal Information, the second wireless access point sends scheduling information to the terminal in the time interval using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval, where the scheduling information is configured by the terminal on the first wireless access point. The time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel is specified on the first communication beam.

所述协作通信波束配置单元720，是设置为执行如下任意一种实施步骤：The cooperative communication beam configuration unit 720 is configured to perform any of the following implementation steps:

业务信道的宏分集发射步骤，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式分别使用第二通信波束和第一通信波束向所述终端发送相同的业务数据；The macro diversity transmitting step of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the second wireless access point and the Using a second communication beam and a first communication beam to transmit the same service data to the terminal in a manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, respectively, between the wireless access points;

业务信道的宏分集接收步骤，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间分别使用第二通信波束和第一通信波束从所述终端接收相同的业务数据；The macro diversity receiving step of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, at the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel designated by the terminal, the second wireless access point and the Receiving the same service data from the terminal using a second communication beam and a first communication beam respectively between the wireless access points;

业务信道的替换发射步骤，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送业务数据，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据；The replacement transmission step of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmission step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmission step of the scheduling information, is the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, and the first wireless access point is interrupted Transmitting, by the terminal, the service data, where the second wireless access point sends the service data to the terminal by using the second communication beam at the time-frequency location;

业务信道的替换接收步骤，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点中断从所述终端接收业务数据，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据；The replacement receiving step of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the scheduling transmitting step of the scheduling information, is the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel designated by the terminal, and the first wireless access point is interrupted The terminal receives the service data, and the second wireless access point receives the service data from the terminal by using the second communication beam at the time-frequency location;

业务信道的上下行异节点收发步骤，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调 度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点使用第一通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据；以及The uplink and downlink different node transmitting and receiving steps of the traffic channel, the macro diversity transmitting step or the adjustment of the scheduling information In the scheduling information sent by the replacement transmitting step of the degree information, the first wireless access point receives the service data from the terminal using the first communication beam in the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal, and the macro diversity in the scheduling information And transmitting, by the second radio access point, the second radio access point to the The terminal sends the service data;

业务信道的上下行异节点收发步骤，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点使用第一通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据。The uplink and downlink different node transmitting and receiving steps of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the first wireless access point Transmitting the service data to the terminal by using the first communication beam, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, at the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the second wireless The access point receives traffic data from the terminal over the second communication beam at the time-frequency location.

所述装置还包括波束间潜在协作传输状态判断单元730，设置为在第二无线接入点使用与第一无线接入点相同的时频资源在第二频带上向所述终端发送调度信息之前，进行波束间潜在协作传输状态判断。The apparatus further includes an inter-beam potential cooperative transmission state determining unit 730 configured to: before the second wireless access point transmits the scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point , performing potential cooperative transmission state judgment between beams.

所述波束间潜在协作传输状态判断单元730是设置为执行如下任意一种操作步骤：The inter-beam potential cooperative transmission state determining unit 730 is configured to perform any one of the following operational steps:

将第二无线接入点与终端的相对角度与第一无线接入点的通信波束支持的有效服务区域的边界所对应的方位角度的边界角度值相比较，若在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，则将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，执行调度信息发送步骤；若不在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为不处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，不执行调度信息发送步骤；以及Comparing the relative angle between the second wireless access point and the terminal with the boundary angle value of the azimuth angle corresponding to the boundary of the effective service area supported by the communication beam of the first wireless access point, if the angle is expressed at the boundary angle value Within the range, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are determined to be in a potential cooperative transmission state between the beams, and the scheduling information sending step is performed; if not within the angular range expressed by the boundary angle value, The second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are determined not to be in a potential cooperative transmission state between the beams, and the scheduling information sending step is not performed;

将第二无线接入点与终端的相对角度与第一无线接入点的通信波束支持的有效服务区域的边界所对应的方位角度的边界角度值相比较，并且将终端上报的第二无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的信号强度与预定信号强度门限相比较，若在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，并且所述信道探测波束的信号强度大于所述预定信号强度门限，则将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，执行调度信息发送步骤；若不在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，或者所述信道探测波束的信号强度小于 或等于所述预定信号强度门限，将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为不处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，不执行调度信息发送步骤。Comparing the relative angle between the second wireless access point and the terminal with the boundary angle value of the azimuth angle corresponding to the boundary of the effective service area supported by the communication beam of the first wireless access point, and transmitting the second wireless connection reported by the terminal The signal strength of the channel sounding beam transmitted by the ingress point is compared with a predetermined signal strength threshold. If the signal strength of the channel sounding beam is greater than the predetermined signal strength threshold, The second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are determined to be in a potential cooperative transmission state between the beams, and perform a scheduling information sending step; if not within the angular range expressed by the boundary angle value, or the signal of the channel detecting beam Intensity is less than Or equal to the predetermined signal strength threshold, determining that the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are not in the inter-beam potential cooperative transmission state, and does not perform the scheduling information sending step.

图9为本发明实施例示出的一种终端设备示意图，所述终端设备900可以是手机等移动通讯终端。所述终端设备900包括无线通信单元901(如3G或4G无线通信单元)、一个或一个以上的处理器902、存储器903以及一个或多个模块。所述终端设备900的其他如输入、输出单元、接口单元等未示出，这些不用于限定本实施例所述终端。其中，所述一个或多个模块存储于所述存储器中并被配置成由所述一个或多个处理器902执行，其中，所述一个或多个模块具有如下功能：FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The terminal device 900 may be a mobile communication terminal such as a mobile phone. The terminal device 900 includes a wireless communication unit 901 (such as a 3G or 4G wireless communication unit), one or more processors 902, a memory 903, and one or more modules. Others of the terminal device 900, such as input and output units, interface units, and the like, are not shown, and these are not used to limit the terminal described in this embodiment. Wherein the one or more modules are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors 902, wherein the one or more modules have the following functions:

接收第一和第二无线接入点分别发送的信道探测波束；Receiving, respectively, a channel sounding beam sent by the first and second wireless access points;

向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点发送终端响应所述信道探测波束的反馈信息；当向第一无线接入点发送反馈信息时，反馈信息用于确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，当向第二无线接入点发送反馈信息时，该反馈信息用于确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；Sending, to the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, feedback information of the terminal responding to the channel sounding beam; when transmitting the feedback information to the first wireless access point, the feedback information is used to determine the first a relative direction between the wireless access point and the terminal, when the feedback information is sent to the second wireless access point, the feedback information is used to determine a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal;

所述终端使用通信波束与第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点进行业务数据传输；The terminal uses the communication beam to perform service data transmission with at least one of the first and second wireless access points;

其中，该通信波束的波束指向由所述第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向确定，并通过第一无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束；或者，该通信波束的波束指向由所述第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向确定，并通过第二无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束。Wherein the beam direction of the communication beam is determined by a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, and the communication beam is configured on the beam direction by the first wireless access point; or the communication beam The beam direction is determined by a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal, and the communication beam is configured on the beam direction by the second wireless access point.

可选的，终端接收第一和第二无线接入点分别发送的信道探测波束，包括：Optionally, the terminal receives the channel sounding beams respectively sent by the first and second wireless access points, including:

位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种内的所述终端接收第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第一频带发射的信道探测波束；The terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region receives a channel sounding beam transmitted by at least one of the first and second wireless access points using the first frequency band;

所述信道探测波束承载波束识别信息，该波束识别信息包括如下至少一种信息：该信道探测波束的波束识别信息(ID)、该信道探测波束所属节点 信息以及该信道探测波束的指向信息。The channel sounding beam carries beam identification information, and the beam identification information includes at least one type of information: beam identification information (ID) of the channel sounding beam, and a node to which the channel sounding beam belongs Information and pointing information of the channel sounding beam.

在所述终端接收第一和第二无线接入点分别发送的信道探测波束之前，所述终端使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道接收或发送控制信号，包括如下任意一种实现方式：Before the terminal receives the channel sounding beams respectively sent by the first and second wireless access points, the terminal receives or sends a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following implementation manners:

所述终端接收无线接入点指示信号，该无线接入点指示信号由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；Receiving, by the terminal, a wireless access point indication signal, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, using the downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band to the first And transmitting at least one of the second spatial regions;

所述终端接收ACK或NACK信号，该ACK或NACK信号由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的无线终端发送；The terminal receives an ACK or NACK signal, and the ACK or NACK signal is located in the first spatial region by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band and Transmitting by the wireless terminal in at least one of the second spatial regions;

所述终端接收信道探测波束的频率位置信息，该信道探测波束的频率位置信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；Receiving, by the terminal, frequency position information of a channel sounding beam, where frequency position information of the channel sounding beam is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points, using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band Transmitting at least one of the first and second spatial regions;

所述终端接收信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息，该信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；Receiving, by the terminal, transmission time window information of a channel sounding beam, where the transmission time window information of the channel sounding beam is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points for downlink control configured on the second frequency band Transmitting a channel to at least one of the first and second spatial regions;

所述终端接收调度指令，该调度指令由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的终端发送，该调度指令用于在第一频带上为所述通信波束服务的终端指配上行或下行业务信道的时频资源位置；以及Receiving, by the terminal, a scheduling instruction, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, using the downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band to be located in the first spatial area and the second spatial area Transmitting, by at least one of the terminals, the scheduling instruction for assigning a time-frequency resource location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel to the terminal serving the communication beam on the first frequency band;

所述终端发送无线接入点指示信号的测量上报信息，该测量上报信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收；或者，所述终端发送业务请求信息，该业务请求信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收；Transmitting, by the terminal, measurement report information of a wireless access point indication signal, where the measurement report information is received by at least one of the first and second wireless access points by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band; Or the terminal sends service request information, where the service request information is received by at least one of the first and second wireless access points by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band;

其中，所述无线接入点指示信号承载如下至少一种信息：无线接入点所对应小区的系统信息块SIB、无线接入点识别信息、无线接入点当前的发射 功率信息、无线接入点支持的频带信息、无线接入点当前的频谱使用状态信息以及无线接入点当前的信道配置状态信息；The wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block SIB of the cell corresponding to the wireless access point, wireless access point identification information, and a current transmission of the wireless access point. Power information, frequency band information supported by the wireless access point, current spectrum usage status information of the wireless access point, and current channel configuration status information of the wireless access point;

所述第一频带的频率高于所述第二频带的频率；或者，所述第一频带与所述第二频带是具有不同频率编号的频带；The frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers;

所述第一空间区域包括第一无线接入点的服务区域和第一无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；The first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point;

所述第二空间区域包括第二无线接入点的服务区域和第二无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；所述第一空间区域与所述第二空间区域之间至少存在部分重叠；The second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and an adjacent area of the service area of the second wireless access point; between the first space area and the second space area At least partial overlap;

所述通信波束与所述信道探测波束使用不同的频率或使用不完全相同的频率。The communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same.

所述终端使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道接收或发送控制信号，包括如下任意一种实现方式：The terminal receives or sends a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following implementation manners:

终端在下行控制信道时频窗口内从第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点接收所述控制信号；其中，所述下行控制信道时频窗口开辟在宏小区使用的第二频带上，所述控制信号由所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该下行控制信道时频窗口内发送；Receiving, by the terminal, the control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a time-frequency window of the downlink control channel; wherein the downlink control channel time-frequency window is opened in the macro cell In the second frequency band, the control signal is sent by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the downlink control channel time-frequency window;

终端在下行控制信道时频窗口内从第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点接收控制信号，所述下行控制信道时频窗口开辟在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的单频网信道所使用的第二频带上，所述控制信号由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该下行控制信道时频窗口内发送；Receiving, by the terminal, a control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a time-frequency window of the downlink control channel, where the downlink control channel time-frequency window is opened by the first and second wireless accesses The second frequency band used by the single-frequency network channel formed by the point, the control signal is sent by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the time-frequency window of the downlink control channel;

终端在上行控制信道时频窗口内向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点发送控制信号，所述上行控制信道时频窗口开辟在宏小区使用的第二频带上，终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该上行控制信道时频窗口内接收；以及Transmitting, by the terminal, a control signal to at least one of the first and second wireless access points in an uplink control channel time-frequency window, where the uplink control channel time-frequency window is opened on a second frequency band used by the macro cell, and the terminal The measurement reporting information or the service request information is received by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the uplink control channel time-frequency window;

终端在上行控制信道时频窗口内向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点发送控制信号，所述上行控制信道时频窗口开辟在由第一和第 二无线接入点组成的分集接收信道所使用的第二频带上，所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该上行控制信道时频窗口内接收。Transmitting, by the terminal, a control signal to at least one of the first and second wireless access points in an uplink control channel time-frequency window, where the uplink control channel time-frequency window is opened in the first and the The second frequency band used by the diversity receiving channel formed by the two wireless access points, the measurement reporting information or the service request information of the terminal is used by the at least one wireless access point of the first and second wireless access points The control channel is received within the time-frequency window.

本发明实施例还提供一种无线接入点或基站，该无线接入点可以是上述实施例中的第一无线接入点和第二无线接入点中至少一种。所述无线接入点或基站包括无线通信单元(如3G或4G无线通信单元)、一个或一个以上的处理器、存储器以及一个或多个模块；所述一个或多个模块存储于所述存储器中并被配置成由所述一个或多个处理器执行，其中，所述一个或多个模块具有如下功能：The embodiment of the present invention further provides a wireless access point or a base station, where the wireless access point may be at least one of the first wireless access point and the second wireless access point in the foregoing embodiment. The wireless access point or base station includes a wireless communication unit (such as a 3G or 4G wireless communication unit), one or more processors, a memory, and one or more modules; the one or more modules are stored in the memory And being configured to be executed by the one or more processors, wherein the one or more modules have the following functions:

第一和第二无线接入点分别向终端发送信道探测波束，第一和第二无线接入点中至少一个无线接入点接收所述终端响应所述信道探测波束返回的反馈信息；The first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal, and at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives feedback information that is returned by the terminal in response to the channel sounding beam;

根据所述终端对第一无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的反馈信息，确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，和，根据所述终端对第二无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的反馈信息，确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向中至少一种；Determining a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal according to the feedback information of the channel sounding beam sent by the terminal to the first wireless access point, and sending the second wireless access point according to the terminal Feedback information of the channel sounding beam, determining at least one of a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal;

将所述第一无线接入点与终端间的相对方向作为第一无线接入点发射的通信波束的指向，通过第一无线接入点在该波束指向上配置通信波束，和，将所述第二无线接入点与终端间的相对方向作为第二无线接入点发射的通信波束的指向，通过第二无线接入点在该波束指向上配置通信波束中至少一种。And a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal is used as a direction of a communication beam transmitted by the first wireless access point, and a communication beam is configured on the beam direction by the first wireless access point, and the The relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal is used as a direction of the communication beam transmitted by the second wireless access point, and at least one of the communication beams is configured on the beam direction by the second wireless access point.

可选的，所述第一和第二无线接入点分别向终端发送信道探测波束，包括：Optionally, the first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal, including:

所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第一频带向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射信道探测波束。At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using the first frequency band.

在一个实施例中，所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射信道探测波束，包括：In one embodiment, at least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits channel sounding beams to at least one of the first and second spatial regions, including:

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点以瞬时多波束或瞬时 单波束方式向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射两个或两个以上的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束；At least one of the first and second wireless access points is instantaneously multi-beam or instantaneous Transmitting, by the single beam mode, two or more channel sounding beams having different beam directions to at least one of the first and second spatial regions;

所述信道探测波束承载波束指示信息，该波束指示信息包括如下至少一种信息：该信道探测波束的波束识别信息(ID)、该信道探测波束所属节点信息和该信道探测波束的指向信息。The channel sounding beam carries beam indication information, and the beam indication information includes at least one of information: beam identification information (ID) of the channel sounding beam, node information to which the channel sounding beam belongs, and pointing information of the channel sounding beam.

其中，由同一个无线接入点依次发射的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的发射功率相同，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束在空间上相邻。The two or more channel sounding beams sequentially transmitted by the same wireless access point have the same transmitting power, and the two or more channel sounding beams are spatially adjacent.

在一个示例中，所述第一和第二无线接入点中至少一个无线接入点接收所述终端响应所述信道探测波束返回的反馈信息，包括：In an example, the at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the feedback information that the terminal responds to the channel sounding beam return, including:

所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第二频带接收从位于所述第一和第二空间区域中至少一个空间区域中的终端响应所述信道探测波束返回的反馈信息；At least one of the first and second wireless access points receives a response from the terminal located in at least one of the first and second spatial regions in response to the channel sounding beam using a second frequency band Feedback information;

其中，所述第一频带的频率高于所述第二频带的频率；或者，所述第一频带与所述第二频带是具有不同频率编号的频带；The frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers;

所述第一空间区域包括第一无线接入点的服务区域和第一无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；The first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point;

所述第二空间区域包括第二无线接入点的服务区域和第二无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；The second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the second wireless access point;

所述第一空间区域与所述第二空间区域之间至少存在部分重叠；At least partial overlap between the first spatial region and the second spatial region;

所述通信波束与所述信道探测波束使用不同的频率或使用不完全相同的频率。The communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same.

所述确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，和，所述确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向中至少一种，包括：Determining the relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, and determining the at least one of the relative directions between the second wireless access point and the terminal, including:

根据比幅测向方式、质心测向方式和最大值测向方式中的任意一种方式确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，和，确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向中至少一种；其中，Determining a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal according to any one of a plane direction finding mode, a centroid direction finding mode, and a maximum value direction finding mode, and determining the second wireless access point and the location At least one of a relative direction between the terminals; wherein

所述比幅测向方式包括以下至少一种： The specific amplitude direction finding method includes at least one of the following:

使用信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率间的比值，结合相应信道探测波束的指向角度，采用比幅测向法确定终端所在位置相对于特定信道探测波束指向的偏移角度，使用该偏移角度确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第一无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Using the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, the ratio of the signal amplitude or power of the two or more channel sounding beams, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam, is determined by the amplitude direction finding method to determine the location of the terminal relative to the specific An offset angle pointed by the channel sounding beam, the offset angle is used to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal; the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point And with different beam pointing;

使用信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率间的比值，结合相应信道探测波束的指向角度，采用比幅测向法确定终端所在位置相对于特定信道探测波束指向的偏移角度，使用该偏移角度确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第二无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向。Using the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, the ratio of the signal amplitude or power of the two or more channel sounding beams, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam, is determined by the amplitude direction finding method to determine the location of the terminal relative to the specific An offset angle pointed by the channel sounding beam, the offset angle is used to determine a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal; the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the second wireless access point And with different beam pointing.

所述质心测向方式包括以下至少一种：The centroid direction finding method includes at least one of the following:

估计信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值的质心位置；结合所述不同信道探测波束的相应波束指向角度，计算所述质心位置的指向角度，使用质心位置的指向角度确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第一无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Estimating the centroid position of the signal amplitude or power value of the two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam; calculating the pointing angle of the centroid position in combination with the corresponding beam pointing angle of the different channel sounding beams Determining, by using a pointing angle of the centroid position, a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different beams direction;

估计信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值的质心位置；结合所述不同信道探测波束的相应波束指向角度，计算所述质心位置的指向角度，使用质心位置的指向角度确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第二无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向。Estimating the centroid position of the signal amplitude or power value of the two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam; calculating the pointing angle of the centroid position in combination with the corresponding beam pointing angle of the different channel sounding beams Determining a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal using a pointing angle of the centroid position; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the second wireless access point and have different beams direction.

所述最大值测向方式包括以下至少一种：从信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值中选择最大值；将该最大值对应的信道探测波束的波束指向确定为第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第一无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；The maximum value direction finding mode includes at least one of selecting a maximum value from signal amplitudes or power values of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam; The beam direction of the probe beam is determined as a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different beam directions ;

从信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值中选择最大值；将该最大值对应的信道探测波束的波束指向确定为第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个 以上的信道探测波束由第二无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向。Selecting a maximum value from signal amplitudes or power values of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam; determining a beam direction of the channel sounding beam corresponding to the maximum value as the second wireless access point a relative direction with the terminal; wherein the two or two The above channel sounding beams are transmitted by the second wireless access point and have different beam directions.

在一个实施例中，在所述第一和第二无线接入点分别向终端发送信道探测波束之前，所述方法还包括：In an embodiment, before the first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal, the method further includes:

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道进行控制信息的传输。At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits control information using a control channel configured on the second frequency band.

可选的，所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道进行控制信息的传输，包括如下任意一种步骤：Optionally, at least one of the first and second wireless access points performs control information transmission by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and includes any one of the following steps:

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送无线接入点指示信号；At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a wireless access point indication signal to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band;

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的无线终端发送ACK或NACK信号；At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits an ACK or a wireless terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band NACK signal;

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送信道探测波束的频率位置信息；At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits frequency position information of the channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band ;

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息；Transmitting, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, a transmission time window of the channel sounding beam to the at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band information;

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的终端发送调度指令，该调度指令用于在第一频带上为所述通信波束服务的终端指配上行或下行业务信道的时频资源位置；以及At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a scheduling instruction to a terminal located in at least one of the first spatial area and the second spatial area using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band, The scheduling instruction is configured to assign a time-frequency resource location of an uplink or downlink traffic channel to a terminal served by the communication beam on a first frequency band;

第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收所述终端对第一无线接入点或第二无线接入点指示信号的测量上报信息；或者，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收所述终端的业务请求信息；At least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the measurement of the first wireless access point or the second wireless access point indication signal by the terminal using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band Evaluating the information; or, the at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the service request information of the terminal by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band;

其中，所述无线接入点指示信号承载如下至少一种信息：无线接入点所 对应小区的系统信息块SIB、无线接入点识别信息、无线接入点当前的发射功率信息、无线接入点支持的频带信息、无线接入点当前的频谱使用状态信息和无线接入点当前的信道配置状态信息。The wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a wireless access point System information block SIB of the corresponding cell, wireless access point identification information, current transmit power information of the wireless access point, frequency band information supported by the wireless access point, current spectrum use status information of the wireless access point, and current wireless access point information Channel configuration status information.

上述实施例中，所述配置在第二频带上的控制信道包括如下任意一种实现方式：In the foregoing embodiment, the control channel configured on the second frequency band includes any one of the following implementation manners:

在宏小区下行信道使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点下行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点在该时频窗口内发送控制信号；Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels on the second frequency band used by the macro cell downlink channel, and the first and second wireless access points transmit control signals in the time-frequency window ;

在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的单频网所使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点下行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点在该时频窗口内发送控制信号；Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels on the second frequency band used by the single frequency network consisting of the first and second wireless access points, the first and second wireless The access point sends a control signal in the time-frequency window;

在宏小区上行信道使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点上行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该时频窗口内接收所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息；以及Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point uplink control channels in a second frequency band used by the macro cell uplink channel, at least one of the first and second wireless access points is at Receiving measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window;

在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的分集接收信道所使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一无线接入点上行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该时频窗口内接收所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息。Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first wireless access point uplink control channel on the second frequency band used by the diversity receiving channel composed of the first and second wireless access points, the first and second wireless access points At least one of the wireless access points receives measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window.

本发明实施例还提供一种无线接入点或基站，该无线接入点可以是上述实施例中的第一无线接入点和第二无线接入点中至少一种。所述无线接入点或基站包括无线通信单元(如3G或4G无线通信单元)、一个或一个以上的处理器、存储器以及一个或多个模块；所述一个或多个模块存储于所述存储器中并被配置成由所述一个或多个处理器执行，其中，所述一个或多个模块具有如下功能：The embodiment of the present invention further provides a wireless access point or a base station, where the wireless access point may be at least one of the first wireless access point and the second wireless access point in the foregoing embodiment. The wireless access point or base station includes a wireless communication unit (such as a 3G or 4G wireless communication unit), one or more processors, a memory, and one or more modules; the one or more modules are stored in the memory And being configured to be executed by the one or more processors, wherein the one or more modules have the following functions:

使第二无线接入点使用与第一无线接入点相同的时频资源在第二频带上向终端发送调度信息；And causing the second wireless access point to send scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band by using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point;

使第二无线接入点在其与终端间的相对方向上配置第一通信波束。The second wireless access point is configured to configure the first communication beam in a relative direction between it and the terminal.

可选的，所述第二无线接入点使用与第一无线接入点相同的时频资源在 第二频带上向终端发送调度信息，包括如下任意一种实现步骤：Optionally, the second wireless access point uses the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point. Sending scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band includes any one of the following implementation steps:

调度信息的宏分集发射步骤，在为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道所配置的时间区间序列上，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；a macrodiversity transmitting step of scheduling information, in a time interval sequence configured for a scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access The same scheduling information is sent to the terminal in a manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, where the scheduling information is a time-frequency position at which the terminal specifies an uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam;

调度信息的宏分集发射步骤，在为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道所配置的时间区间序列上，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置的第一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；其中，第一和第二无线接入点使用相同的信道码和相同的小区扰码发送承载所述调度信息的信号；a macrodiversity transmitting step of scheduling information, in a time interval sequence configured for a scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access Sending the same scheduling information to the terminal in the manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies an uplink or downlink traffic channel on the first communication beam configured on the first wireless access point. a time-frequency location; wherein the first and second wireless access points transmit signals carrying the scheduling information using the same channel code and the same cell scrambling code;

调度信息的替换发射步骤，在为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道所配置的时间区间序列上，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在所述第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；以及The step of transmitting the scheduling information, in the time interval sequence configured for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the first wireless access point interrupts sending the scheduling to the terminal Information that the second wireless access point transmits scheduling information to the terminal using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval in the time interval, where the scheduling information is specified by the terminal on the second communication beam. The time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel;

调度信息的替换发射步骤，在为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道所配置的时间区间序列上，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置的第一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置。The step of transmitting the scheduling information, in the time interval sequence configured for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in at least one of the time intervals, the first wireless access point interrupts sending the scheduling to the terminal Information, the second wireless access point sends scheduling information to the terminal in the time interval using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval, where the scheduling information is configured by the terminal on the first wireless access point. The time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel is specified on the first communication beam.

在一个实施例中，所述第二无线接入点在其与终端间的相对方向上配置第一通信波束，包括如下任意一种实现步骤：In an embodiment, the second wireless access point configures the first communication beam in a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal, and includes any one of the following implementation steps:

业务信道的宏分集发射步骤，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式分别使用第二通信波束和第一通信波束向所述终端发送相同 的业务数据；The macro diversity transmitting step of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the second wireless access point and the Using a second communication beam and a first communication beam to transmit the same to the terminal in a manner of time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, respectively, between the wireless access points Business data;

业务信道的宏分集接收步骤，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间分别使用第二通信波束和第一通信波束从所述终端接收相同的业务数据；The macro diversity receiving step of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, at the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel designated by the terminal, the second wireless access point and the Receiving the same service data from the terminal using a second communication beam and a first communication beam respectively between the wireless access points;

业务信道的替换发射步骤，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送业务数据，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据；The replacement transmission step of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmission step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmission step of the scheduling information, is the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, and the first wireless access point is interrupted Transmitting, by the terminal, the service data, where the second wireless access point sends the service data to the terminal by using the second communication beam at the time-frequency location;

业务信道的替换接收步骤，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点中断从所述终端接收业务数据，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据；The replacement receiving step of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the scheduling transmitting step of the scheduling information, is the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel designated by the terminal, and the first wireless access point is interrupted The terminal receives the service data, and the second wireless access point receives the service data from the terminal by using the second communication beam at the time-frequency location;

业务信道的上下行异节点收发步骤，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点使用第一通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据；以及The uplink and downlink different node transmitting and receiving steps of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, the time interval of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the first wireless access point Receiving service data from the terminal by using the first communication beam, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, in the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the second wireless The access point transmits the service data to the terminal through the second communication beam at the time-frequency location;

业务信道的上下行异节点收发步骤，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点使用第一通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据，在调度信息的宏分集发射步骤或调度信息的替换发射步骤所发送的调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据。The uplink and downlink different node transmitting and receiving steps of the traffic channel, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the first wireless access point Transmitting the service data to the terminal by using the first communication beam, in the scheduling information sent by the macro diversity transmitting step of the scheduling information or the replacement transmitting step of the scheduling information, at the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal, the second wireless The access point receives traffic data from the terminal over the second communication beam at the time-frequency location.

在一个示例中，在第二无线接入点使用与第一无线接入点相同的时频资源在第二频带上向所述终端发送调度信息之前，所述方法还包括：进行波束间潜在协作传输状态判断，包括如下任意一种实现步骤：In one example, before the second wireless access point transmits the scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point, the method further includes: performing inter-beam potential cooperation The transmission status judgment includes any one of the following implementation steps:

将第二无线接入点与终端的相对角度与第一无线接入点的通信波束支 持的有效服务区域的边界所对应的方位角度的边界角度值相比较，若在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，则将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，执行所述调度信息发送步骤；若不在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为不处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，不执行所述调度信息发送步骤；以及Comparing the relative angle between the second wireless access point and the terminal with the communication beam of the first wireless access point Comparing the boundary angle values of the azimuth angles corresponding to the boundaries of the valid service areas, if the angle range is within the range of angles, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are determined to be in the The step of transmitting the scheduling information between the beams, performing the scheduling information sending step; if the angle is not within the range of the boundary angle value, determining that the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are not in potential cooperation between the beams a transmission state, the step of transmitting the scheduling information is not performed;

将第二无线接入点与终端的相对角度与第一无线接入点的通信波束支持的有效服务区域的边界所对应的方位角度的边界角度值相比较，并且将终端上报的第二无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的信号强度与预定信号强度门限相比较；若在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，并且所述信道探测波束的信号强度大于所述预定信号强度门限，则将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，执行所述调度信息发送步骤；若不在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，或者所述信道探测波束的信号强度小于或等于所述预定信号强度门限，将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为不处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，不执行所述调度信息发送步骤。Comparing the relative angle between the second wireless access point and the terminal with the boundary angle value of the azimuth angle corresponding to the boundary of the effective service area supported by the communication beam of the first wireless access point, and transmitting the second wireless connection reported by the terminal The signal strength of the channel sounding beam transmitted by the ingress point is compared with a predetermined signal strength threshold; if the signal strength of the channel sounding beam is greater than the predetermined signal strength threshold within the angular range of the boundary angle value, The second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are determined to be in a potential cooperative transmission state between the beams, and the step of transmitting the scheduling information is performed; if the angle is not within the range of the boundary angle value, or the channel detecting beam The signal strength is less than or equal to the predetermined signal strength threshold, and the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are determined not to be in the inter-beam potential cooperative transmission state, and the scheduling information sending step is not performed.

本发明实施例至少具有如下技术优点：The embodiments of the present invention have at least the following technical advantages:

1、使用信道探测波束对当前或潜在的终端的方位及信道状态进行探测。该信道探测波束的引入，既可以实现不同基站或无线接入点间对相关终端位置及信道状态的的实施掌握，也可以实现不同基站或无线接入点间波束的协作传输；1. Use the channel sounding beam to detect the current or potential terminal orientation and channel state. The introduction of the channel detection beam can realize the implementation of the relevant terminal location and channel state between different base stations or wireless access points, and can also realize coordinated transmission of beams between different base stations or wireless access points;

2、在相邻基站或无线接入点间以宏分集或节点替换方式为终端配置控制信道来实现控制信道。该方法实现在相邻基站或无线接入点间的终端无感知(透明)转移，从而实现对移动终端在相邻无线接入点或基站间的透明切换；2. A control channel is configured for the terminal by macro diversity or node replacement between neighboring base stations or wireless access points to implement a control channel. The method implements a non-aware (transparent) transfer of a terminal between a neighboring base station or a wireless access point, thereby implementing transparent handover of the mobile terminal between adjacent wireless access points or base stations;

3、将无线接入点发送的控制信道，比如微小区无线接入点发送的小区信息广播信道或调度信道，配置在宏小区下行信道占用的频带上，或配置在多个无线接入点构成的单频网信道实用的频带上，从而实现驻留在宏小区或者单频网上的终端快速发现其附近存在的微小区无线接入点，从而实现微小区无线接入点之间或微小区与宏小区无线接入点之间的波束协作传输，或实现终端快速接入微小区无线接入点的业务信道。可选地，将无线接入点发送的控制信道配置在LTE信道带宽内的保护频带上。 3. The control channel sent by the wireless access point, such as the cell information broadcast channel or the scheduling channel sent by the micro cell wireless access point, is configured in a frequency band occupied by the downlink channel of the macro cell, or configured in multiple wireless access points. The single-frequency network channel is in a practical frequency band, so that the terminal residing on the macro cell or the single-frequency network can quickly discover the micro-area wireless access point existing in the vicinity thereof, thereby realizing the micro-area wireless access points or the micro-areas and macros. The beam cooperative transmission between the cell wireless access points or the fast access of the terminal to the traffic channel of the micro cell wireless access point. Optionally, the control channel sent by the wireless access point is configured on a guard band within the LTE channel bandwidth.

本发明给出的各个实施例，实现了在无线接入点与终端间无信令直接连接情况下，快速获取该无线接入点与该终端间相对方位信息及信道状态，实时确定该无线接入点与其相邻无线接入点波束间的潜在协作传输关系中的至少一个，可以支持基于波束指向或终端方位的波束间协作传输，实现终端在无线接入点间的透明迁移。The embodiments provided by the present invention enable fast acquisition of relative position information and channel state between the wireless access point and the terminal without a direct connection between the wireless access point and the terminal, and determine the wireless connection in real time. At least one of the potential cooperative transmission relationships between the ingress and its neighboring wireless access point beams can support inter-beam coordinated transmission based on beam pointing or terminal orientation to implement transparent migration of the terminal between the wireless access points.

本发明实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，存储有计算机可执行指令，所述计算机可执行指令被处理器执行时实现上述实施例所述的方法。The embodiment of the invention further provides a computer readable storage medium storing computer executable instructions, which are implemented by the processor to implement the method described in the foregoing embodiments.

本领域普通技术人员可以理解，上文中所公开方法中的全部或某些步骤、系统、装置中的功能模块/单元可以被实施为软件、固件、硬件及其适当的组合。在硬件实施方式中，在以上描述中提及的功能模块/单元之间的划分不一定对应于物理单元的划分；例如，一个物理组件可以具有多个功能，或者一个功能或步骤可以由若干物理组件合作执行。某些组件或所有组件可以被实施为由处理器，如数字信号处理器或微处理器执行的软件，或者被实施为硬件，或者被实施为集成电路，如专用集成电路。这样的软件可以分布在计算机可读介质上，计算机可读介质可以包括计算机存储介质(或非暂时性介质)和通信介质(或暂时性介质)。如本领域普通技术人员公知的，术语计算机存储介质包括用于存储信息(诸如计算机可读指令、数据结构、程序模块或其他数据)的任何方法或技术中实施的易失性和非易失性、可移除和不可移除介质。计算机存储介质包括但不限于RAM、ROM、EEPROM、闪存或其他存储器技术、CD-ROM、数字多功能盘(DVD)或其他光盘存储、磁盒、磁带、磁盘存储或其他磁存储装置、或者可以用于存储期望的信息并且可以被计算机访问的任何其他的介质。此外，本领域技术人员公知的是，通信介质通常包含计算机可读指令、数据结构、程序模块或者诸如载波或其他传输机制之类的调制数据信号中的其他数据，并且可包括任何信息递送介质。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that all or some of the steps, systems, and functional blocks/units of the methods disclosed above may be implemented as software, firmware, hardware, and suitable combinations thereof. In a hardware implementation, the division between functional modules/units mentioned in the above description does not necessarily correspond to the division of physical units; for example, one physical component may have multiple functions, or one function or step may be composed of several physical The components work together. Some or all of the components may be implemented as software executed by a processor, such as a digital signal processor or microprocessor, or as hardware, or as an integrated circuit, such as an application specific integrated circuit. Such software may be distributed on a computer readable medium, which may include computer storage media (or non-transitory media) and communication media (or transitory media). As is well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, the term computer storage medium includes volatile and nonvolatile, implemented in any method or technology for storing information, such as computer readable instructions, data structures, program modules, or other data. , removable and non-removable media. Computer storage media includes, but is not limited to, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, flash memory or other memory technology, CD-ROM, digital versatile disc (DVD) or other optical disc storage, magnetic cartridge, magnetic tape, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage device, or may Any other medium used to store the desired information and that can be accessed by the computer. Moreover, it is well known to those skilled in the art that communication media typically embodies computer readable instructions, data structures, program modules or other data in a modulated data signal, such as a carrier wave or other transport mechanism, and can include any information delivery media.

本发明是参照根据本发明实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图 和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器，使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present invention has been described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (system), and computer program products according to embodiments of the invention. It should be understood that the flow chart can be implemented by computer program instructions And/or a combination of the processes and/or blocks in the block diagrams, and the flowcharts and/or blocks in the flowcharts. These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device. Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of the flow chart.

这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中，使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品，该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。The computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device. The apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.

这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上，使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理，从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.

以上所述，仅为本发明的可选实施例而已，并非用于限定本发明的保护范围。The above is only an alternative embodiment of the present invention and is not intended to limit the scope of the present invention.

工业实用性Industrial applicability

本发明实施例实现了在无线接入点与终端间无信令直接连接情况下，快速获取该无线接入点与该终端间相对方位信息及信道状态，实时确定该无线接入点与其相邻无线接入点波束间的潜在协作传输关系中的至少一个，可以支持基于波束指向或终端方位的波束间协作传输，实现终端在无线接入点间的透明迁移。 The embodiment of the invention realizes that the relative orientation information and the channel state between the wireless access point and the terminal are quickly obtained when the wireless access point and the terminal are not directly connected by the signaling, and the wireless access point is adjacent to the wireless access point in real time. At least one of the potential cooperative transmission relationships between the wireless access point beams can support inter-beam coordinated transmission based on beam pointing or terminal orientation to implement transparent migration of the terminal between the wireless access points.

Claims (40)

一种波束引导方法，所述方法包括：A beam steering method, the method comprising: 第一和第二无线接入点分别向终端发送信道探测波束(S110)；The first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal (S110); 第一和第二无线接入点中至少一个无线接入点接收所述终端响应所述信道探测波束返回的反馈信息(S120)；At least one of the first and second wireless access points receives feedback information that the terminal responds to the channel sounding beam return (S120); 根据所述终端对第一无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的反馈信息，确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，和，根据所述终端对第二无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的反馈信息，确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向中至少执行一种(S130)；Determining a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal according to the feedback information of the channel sounding beam sent by the terminal to the first wireless access point, and sending the second wireless access point according to the terminal The feedback information of the channel sounding beam determines that at least one of the relative directions between the second wireless access point and the terminal is performed (S130); 将所述第一无线接入点与终端间的相对方向作为第一无线接入点发射的通信波束的指向，通过第一无线接入点在该波束指向上配置通信波束，和，将所述第二无线接入点与终端间的相对方向作为第二无线接入点发射的通信波束的指向，通过第二无线接入点在该波束指向上配置通信波束中至少执行一种(S140)。And a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal is used as a direction of a communication beam transmitted by the first wireless access point, and a communication beam is configured on the beam direction by the first wireless access point, and the The relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal is used as a direction of the communication beam transmitted by the second wireless access point, and at least one of the communication beams is configured on the beam direction by the second wireless access point (S140). 如权利要求1所述方法，其中，所述第一和第二无线接入点分别向终端发送信道探测波束(S110)，包括：The method of claim 1, wherein the first and second wireless access points respectively transmit channel sounding beams to the terminal (S110), including: 所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第一频带向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射信道探测波束。At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using the first frequency band. 如权利要求2所述方法，其中，所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射信道探测波束，包括：The method of claim 2, wherein the transmitting, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, the channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions comprises: 第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点以瞬时多波束或瞬时单波束方式向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射两个或两个以上的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束；At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits two or more different ones to at least one of the first and second spatial regions in an instantaneous multi-beam or instantaneous single beam manner a beam detection beam directed by the beam; 所述信道探测波束承载波束指示信息，该波束指示信息包括如下至少一种信息：The channel sounding beam carries beam indication information, and the beam indication information includes at least one of the following information: 所述信道探测波束的波束识别信息、所述信道探测波束所属节点信息和 所述信道探测波束的指向信息。Beam identification information of the channel sounding beam, node information of the channel sounding beam, and The channel detects the pointing information of the beam. 如权利要求3所述方法，其中，由同一个无线接入点依次发射的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的发射功率相同；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束在空间上相邻。The method of claim 3 wherein the transmit power of two or more channel sounding beams sequentially transmitted by the same wireless access point is the same; wherein said two or more channel sounding beams are Spatially adjacent. 如权利要求2至4任一项所述方法，其中，所述第一和第二无线接入点中至少一个无线接入点接收所述终端响应所述信道探测波束返回的反馈信息(S120)，包括：The method according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives feedback information that the terminal responds to the channel sounding beam return (S120) ,include: 所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第二频带接收从位于所述第一和第二空间区域中至少一个空间区域中的终端响应所述信道探测波束返回的反馈信息；At least one of the first and second wireless access points receives a response from the terminal located in at least one of the first and second spatial regions in response to the channel sounding beam using a second frequency band Feedback information; 所述第一频带的频率高于所述第二频带的频率；或者，所述第一频带与所述第二频带是具有不同频率编号的频带；The frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers; 所述第一空间区域包括第一无线接入点的服务区域和第一无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；The first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point; 所述第二空间区域包括第二无线接入点的服务区域和第二无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；The second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the second wireless access point; 所述第一空间区域与所述第二空间区域之间至少存在部分重叠；At least partial overlap between the first spatial region and the second spatial region; 所述通信波束与所述信道探测波束使用不同的频率或使用不完全相同的频率。The communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same. 如权利要求1所述方法，其中，所述确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，和，所述确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向中至少执行一种，包括：The method of claim 1, wherein said determining a relative direction between said first wireless access point and said terminal, and said determining at least one of a relative direction between said second wireless access point and said terminal One, including: 根据比幅测向方式、质心测向方式和最大值测向方式中的任意一种方式确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，和，确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向中的至少一种；Determining a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal according to any one of a plane direction finding mode, a centroid direction finding mode, and a maximum value direction finding mode, and determining the second wireless access point and the location Said at least one of the relative directions between the terminals; 所述比幅测向方式包括以下至少一种：The specific amplitude direction finding method includes at least one of the following: 使用信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率间的比值，结合相应信道探测波束的指向角度，采用比幅 测向法确定终端所在位置相对于特定信道探测波束指向的偏移角度，使用该偏移角度确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第一无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Using the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, the signal amplitude or power ratio of two or more channel sounding beams included, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel detecting beam, using a specific amplitude The direction finding method determines an offset angle of a location of the terminal relative to a specific channel probe beam, and uses the offset angle to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two or more Channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different beam directions; 使用信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率间的比值，结合相应信道探测波束的指向角度，采用比幅测向法确定终端所在位置相对于特定信道探测波束指向的偏移角度，使用该偏移角度确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第二无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Using the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, the ratio of the signal amplitude or power of the two or more channel sounding beams, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam, is determined by the amplitude direction finding method to determine the location of the terminal relative to the specific An offset angle of the channel sounding beam pointing, using the offset angle to determine a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are used by the second wireless access Point transmission with different beam pointing; 所述质心测向方式包括以下至少一种：The centroid direction finding method includes at least one of the following: 估计信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值的质心位置；结合所述不同信道探测波束的相应波束指向角度，计算所述质心位置的指向角度，使用质心位置的指向角度确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第一无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Estimating the centroid position of the signal amplitude or power value of the two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam; calculating the pointing angle of the centroid position in combination with the corresponding beam pointing angle of the different channel sounding beams Determining, by using a pointing angle of the centroid position, a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different beams direction; 估计信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值的质心位置；结合所述不同信道探测波束的相应波束指向角度，计算所述质心位置的指向角度，使用质心位置的指向角度确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第二无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Estimating the centroid position of the signal amplitude or power value of the two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam; calculating the pointing angle of the centroid position in combination with the corresponding beam pointing angle of the different channel sounding beams Determining a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal using a pointing angle of the centroid position; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the second wireless access point and have different beams direction; 所述最大值测向方式包括以下至少一种：The maximum direction direction finding manner includes at least one of the following: 从信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值中选择最大值，将该最大值对应的信道探测波束的波束指向确定为第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第一无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Selecting a maximum value from signal amplitudes or power values of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, and determining a beam direction of the channel sounding beam corresponding to the maximum value as the first wireless access point a relative direction with the terminal, wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different beam directions; 从信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值中选择最大值，将该最大值对应的信道探测波束的波束指向确定为第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第二无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向。 Selecting a maximum value from signal amplitudes or power values of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, and determining a beam direction of the channel sounding beam corresponding to the maximum value as a second wireless access point and a relative direction between the terminals; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the second wireless access point and have different beam directions. 如权利要求1所述方法，所述方法还包括：The method of claim 1 further comprising: 在所述第一和第二无线接入点分别向终端发送信道探测波束之前，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道进行控制信息的传输。Before the first and second wireless access points respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal, at least one of the first and second wireless access points is controlled by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band Transmission of information. 如权利要求7所述方法，其中，所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道进行控制信息的传输，包括如下任意一种步骤：The method of claim 7, wherein at least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits control information using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, including any one of the following step: 第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送无线接入点指示信号；At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a wireless access point indication signal to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band; 第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的终端发送ACK或NACK信号；At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits an ACK or NACK to a terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band signal; 第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送信道探测波束的频率位置信息；At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits frequency position information of the channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band ; 第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息；Transmitting, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, a transmission time window of the channel sounding beam to the at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band information; 第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的终端发送调度指令，该调度指令用于在第一频带上为所述通信波束服务的终端指配上行或下行业务信道的时频资源位置；以及At least one of the first and second wireless access points transmits a scheduling instruction to a terminal located in at least one of the first spatial area and the second spatial area using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band, The scheduling instruction is configured to assign a time-frequency resource location of an uplink or downlink traffic channel to a terminal served by the communication beam on a first frequency band; 第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收所述终端对第一无线接入点或第二无线接入点指示信号的测量上报信息；或者，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收所述终端的业务请求信息；At least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the measurement of the first wireless access point or the second wireless access point indication signal by the terminal using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band Evaluating the information; or, the at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the service request information of the terminal by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band; 其中，所述无线接入点指示信号承载如下至少一种信息：无线接入点所 对应小区的系统信息块SIB、无线接入点识别信息、无线接入点当前的发射功率信息、无线接入点支持的频带信息、无线接入点当前的频谱使用状态信息和无线接入点当前的信道配置状态信息。The wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a wireless access point System information block SIB of the corresponding cell, wireless access point identification information, current transmit power information of the wireless access point, frequency band information supported by the wireless access point, current spectrum use status information of the wireless access point, and current wireless access point information Channel configuration status information. 如权利要求7或8所述方法，其中，所述配置在第二频带上的控制信道的实现，包括如下任意一种方式：The method of claim 7 or 8, wherein the implementation of the control channel configured on the second frequency band comprises any one of the following: 在宏小区下行信道使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点下行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点在该时频窗口内发送控制信号；Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels on the second frequency band used by the macro cell downlink channel, and the first and second wireless access points transmit control signals in the time-frequency window ; 在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的单频网所使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点下行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点在该时频窗口内发送控制信号；Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels on the second frequency band used by the single frequency network consisting of the first and second wireless access points, the first and second wireless The access point sends a control signal in the time-frequency window; 在宏小区上行信道使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点上行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该时频窗口内接收所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息；以及Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point uplink control channels in a second frequency band used by the macro cell uplink channel, at least one of the first and second wireless access points is at Receiving measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window; 在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的分集接收信道所使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一无线接入点上行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该时频窗口内接收所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息。Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first wireless access point uplink control channel on the second frequency band used by the diversity receiving channel composed of the first and second wireless access points, the first and second wireless access points At least one of the wireless access points receives measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window. 一种波束引导方法，所述方法包括：A beam steering method, the method comprising: 终端接收第一和第二无线接入点分别发送的信道探测波束(S210)；The terminal receives the channel sounding beams respectively sent by the first and second wireless access points (S210); 所述终端向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点发送其响应所述信道探测波束的反馈信息；当终端向第一无线接入点发送所述反馈信息时，该反馈信息用于确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，当终端向第二无线接入点发送所述反馈信息时，该反馈信息用于确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向(S220)；Transmitting, by the terminal, feedback information that is responsive to the channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second wireless access points; when the terminal sends the feedback information to the first wireless access point, The feedback information is used to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal. When the terminal sends the feedback information to the second wireless access point, the feedback information is used to determine the second wireless access point and the location. The relative direction between the terminals (S220); 所述终端使用通信波束与第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点进行业务数据传输；The terminal uses the communication beam to perform service data transmission with at least one of the first and second wireless access points; 其中，当终端与第一无线接入点进行业务数据传输时，该通信波束的波 束指向由所述第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向确定，并通过第一无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束；当终端与第二无线接入点进行业务数据传输时，该通信波束的波束指向由所述第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向确定，并通过第二无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束(S230)。Wherein, when the terminal performs service data transmission with the first wireless access point, the wave of the communication beam The beam direction is determined by a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, and the communication beam is configured on the beam direction by the first wireless access point; when the terminal performs a service with the second wireless access point During data transmission, the beam direction of the communication beam is determined by the relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal, and the communication beam is configured on the beam direction by the second wireless access point (S230). 如权利要求10所述方法，其中，所述终端接收第一和第二无线接入点分别发送的信道探测波束(S210)，包括：The method of claim 10, wherein the terminal receives the channel sounding beams respectively transmitted by the first and second wireless access points (S210), including: 位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种内的所述终端接收第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第一频带发射的信道探测波束；The terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region receives a channel sounding beam transmitted by at least one of the first and second wireless access points using the first frequency band; 所述信道探测波束承载波束识别信息，该波束识别信息包括如下至少一种信息：该信道探测波束的波束识别信息、该信道探测波束所属节点信息以及该信道探测波束的指向信息。The channel sounding beam carries beam identification information, and the beam identification information includes at least one type of information: beam identification information of the channel sounding beam, node information to which the channel sounding beam belongs, and pointing information of the channel sounding beam. 如权利要求11所述方法，所述方法还包括：The method of claim 11 further comprising: 在所述终端接收第一和第二无线接入点分别发送的信道探测波束(S210)之前，所述终端使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道接收或发送控制信号，包括如下任意一种实现方式：Before the terminal receives the channel sounding beams respectively sent by the first and second wireless access points (S210), the terminal receives or sends a control signal by using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, including any one of the following implementations. the way: 所述终端接收无线接入点指示信号，该无线接入点指示信号由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；Receiving, by the terminal, a wireless access point indication signal, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, using the downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band to the first And transmitting at least one of the second spatial regions; 所述终端接收ACK或NACK信号，该ACK或NACK信号由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的无线终端发送；The terminal receives an ACK or NACK signal, and the ACK or NACK signal is located in the first spatial region by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band and Transmitting by the wireless terminal in at least one of the second spatial regions; 所述终端接收信道探测波束的频率位置信息，该信道探测波束的频率位置信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；Receiving, by the terminal, frequency position information of a channel sounding beam, where frequency position information of the channel sounding beam is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points, using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band Transmitting at least one of the first and second spatial regions; 所述终端接收信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息，该信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配 置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；Receiving, by the terminal, transmission time window information of a channel detection beam, where the transmission time window information of the channel detection beam is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points a downlink control channel disposed on the second frequency band is transmitted to at least one of the first and second spatial regions; 所述终端接收调度指令，该调度指令由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的终端发送，该调度指令用于在第一频带上为所述通信波束服务的终端指配上行或下行业务信道的时频资源位置；以及Receiving, by the terminal, a scheduling instruction, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, using the downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band to be located in the first spatial area and the second spatial area Transmitting, by at least one of the terminals, the scheduling instruction for assigning a time-frequency resource location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel to the terminal serving the communication beam on the first frequency band; 所述终端发送无线接入点指示信号的测量上报信息，该测量上报信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收；或者，所述终端发送业务请求信息，该业务请求信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收；Transmitting, by the terminal, measurement report information of a wireless access point indication signal, where the measurement report information is received by at least one of the first and second wireless access points by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band; Or the terminal sends service request information, where the service request information is received by at least one of the first and second wireless access points by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band; 其中，所述无线接入点指示信号承载如下至少一种信息：无线接入点所对应小区的系统信息块SIB、无线接入点识别信息、无线接入点当前的发射功率信息、无线接入点支持的频带信息、无线接入点当前的频谱使用状态信息以及无线接入点当前的信道配置状态信息；The wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block SIB of a cell corresponding to the wireless access point, wireless access point identification information, current transmission power information of the wireless access point, and wireless access. The frequency band information supported by the point, the current spectrum usage status information of the wireless access point, and the current channel configuration status information of the wireless access point; 所述第一频带的频率高于所述第二频带的频率；或者，所述第一频带与所述第二频带是具有不同频率编号的频带；The frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers; 所述第一空间区域包括第一无线接入点的服务区域和第一无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；The first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point; 所述第二空间区域包括第二无线接入点的服务区域和第二无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；所述第一空间区域与所述第二空间区域之间至少存在部分重叠；The second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and an adjacent area of the service area of the second wireless access point; between the first space area and the second space area At least partial overlap; 所述通信波束与所述信道探测波束使用不同的频率或使用不完全相同的频率。The communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same. 如权利要求12所述方法，其中，所述终端使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道接收或发送控制信号，包括如下任意一种实现方式：The method of claim 12, wherein the terminal receives or transmits a control signal using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, including any of the following implementations: 终端在下行控制信道时频窗口内从第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点接收所述控制信号；其中，所述下行控制信道时频窗口开辟在 宏小区使用的第二频带上，所述控制信号由所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该下行控制信道时频窗口内发送；Receiving, by the terminal, the control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a time-frequency window of the downlink control channel; wherein the downlink control channel time-frequency window is opened in The second frequency band used by the macro cell, the control signal is sent by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the downlink control channel time-frequency window; 终端在下行控制信道时频窗口内从第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点接收控制信号，所述下行控制信道时频窗口开辟在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的单频网信道所使用的第二频带上，所述控制信号由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该下行控制信道时频窗口内发送；Receiving, by the terminal, a control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a time-frequency window of the downlink control channel, where the downlink control channel time-frequency window is opened by the first and second wireless accesses The second frequency band used by the single-frequency network channel formed by the point, the control signal is sent by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the time-frequency window of the downlink control channel; 终端在上行控制信道时频窗口内向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点发送控制信号，所述上行控制信道时频窗口开辟在宏小区使用的第二频带上，终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该上行控制信道时频窗口内接收；以及Transmitting, by the terminal, a control signal to at least one of the first and second wireless access points in an uplink control channel time-frequency window, where the uplink control channel time-frequency window is opened on a second frequency band used by the macro cell, and the terminal The measurement reporting information or the service request information is received by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the uplink control channel time-frequency window; 终端在上行控制信道时频窗口内向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点发送控制信号，所述上行控制信道时频窗口开辟在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的分集接收信道所使用的第二频带上，所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该上行控制信道时频窗口内接收。Transmitting, by the terminal, a control signal to at least one of the first and second wireless access points in an uplink control channel time-frequency window, where the uplink control channel time-frequency window is opened by the first and second wireless access points On the second frequency band used by the diversity receiving channel, the measurement reporting information or service request information of the terminal is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points in the uplink control channel time-frequency window. Received internally. 一种波束间协作传输方法，应用于网络测，所述方法包括：An inter-beam coordinated transmission method is applied to network measurement, and the method includes: 第二无线接入点使用与第一无线接入点相同的时频资源在第二频带上向终端发送调度信息(S310)；The second wireless access point sends the scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band by using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point (S310); 第二无线接入点在其与终端间的相对方向上配置第一通信波束(S320)。The second wireless access point configures the first communication beam in a relative direction between it and the terminal (S320). 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其中，所述第二无线接入点使用与第一无线接入点相同的时频资源在第二频带上向终端发送调度信息(S310)，包括如下任意一种实现步骤：The method according to claim 14, wherein the second wireless access point transmits scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point (S310), including any one of the following Implementation steps: 为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization are performed between the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point in at least one of the time intervals The method of transmitting the same scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam; 为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中 至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置的第一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；其中，第一和第二无线接入点使用相同的信道码和相同的小区扰码发送承载所述调度信息的信号；Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which And transmitting, by the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point, the same scheduling information to the terminal according to time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization, where the scheduling information is that the terminal is in the first Specifying a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel on the first communication beam configured on the wireless access point; wherein the first and second wireless access points transmit the bearer using the same channel code and the same cell scrambling code Signal of information; 为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在所述第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；以及Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which at least one time interval, the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point is at the time And using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval to send scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam; 为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置的第一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置。Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which at least one time interval, the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point is at the time The scheduling information is sent to the terminal by using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval in the interval, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies the uplink or downlink service on the first communication beam configured on the first wireless access point. The time-frequency position of the channel. 根据权利要求15所述方法，其中，所述第二无线接入点在其与终端间的相对方向上配置第一通信波束(S320)，包括如下任意一种实现步骤：The method of claim 15, wherein the second wireless access point configures the first communication beam in a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal (S320), including any one of the following implementation steps: 在调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式分别使用第二通信波束和第一通信波束向所述终端发送相同的业务数据；In the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, the second communication beam and the first wireless access point respectively use the second communication beam and the method according to time synchronization, frequency synchronization and symbol synchronization. Transmitting, by the first communication beam, the same service data to the terminal; 在调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间分别使用第二通信波束和第一通信波束从所述终端接收相同的业务数据；In the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, the second communication beam and the first communication beam respectively receive the same from the terminal by using the second communication beam and the first communication beam respectively. Business data; 在调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送业务数据，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据；The first wireless access point interrupts transmitting service data to the terminal at a time-frequency location of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and the second wireless access point passes the second communication at the time-frequency location. Transmitting a service data to the terminal; 在调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点中断从所述终端接收业务数据，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述 第二通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据；The first wireless access point interrupts receiving service data from the terminal at a time-frequency location of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and the second wireless access point passes the The second communication beam receives service data from the terminal; 在调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点使用第一通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据，在调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据；以及The first wireless access point receives the service data from the terminal using the first communication beam, and the time-frequency of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, in the scheduling information, for the time-frequency location of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal. Positionally, the second wireless access point transmits the service data to the terminal through the second communication beam at the time-frequency location; 在调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点使用第一通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据，在调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据。The first wireless access point sends the service data to the terminal by using the first communication beam in the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and the time-frequency of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information. Positionally, the second wireless access point receives service data from the terminal through the second communication beam at the time-frequency location. 根据权利要求14所述方法，所述方法还包括：The method of claim 14 further comprising: 在第二无线接入点使用与第一无线接入点相同的时频资源在第二频带上向所述终端发送调度信息之前，进行波束间潜在协作传输状态判断，包括如下任意一种实现步骤：Before the second wireless access point sends the scheduling information to the terminal in the second frequency band by using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point, performing inter-beam potential coordinated transmission state determination, including any one of the following implementation steps : 将第二无线接入点与终端的相对角度与边界角度值相比较，若在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，则将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，执行所述调度信息发送步骤；若不在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为不处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，不执行所述调度信息发送步骤；其中，所述边界角度值为第一无线接入点的通信波束支持的有效服务区域的边界所对应的方位角度；以及Comparing the relative angle between the second wireless access point and the terminal with the boundary angle value, and if the angle is within the range of the boundary angle value, determining that the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are The step of transmitting the scheduling information between the beams, performing the scheduling information sending step; if the angle is not within the range of the boundary angle value, determining that the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are not in potential cooperation between the beams a transmission state, the step of transmitting the scheduling information is not performed; wherein the boundary angle value is an azimuth angle corresponding to a boundary of an effective service area supported by the communication beam of the first wireless access point; 将第二无线接入点与终端的相对角度与边界角度值相比较，并且将终端上报的第二无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的信号强度与预定信号强度门限相比较；若在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，并且所述信道探测波束的信号强度大于所述预定信号强度门限，则将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，执行所述调度信息发送步骤；若不在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，或者所述信道探测波束的信号强度小于或等于所述预定信号强度门限，将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为不处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，不执行所述调度信息发送步骤；其中，所述边界角度值为第一无线接入点的通信波束支持的有效服务区域的边界所 对应的方位角度。Comparing the relative angle of the second wireless access point and the terminal with the boundary angle value, and comparing the signal strength of the channel sounding beam sent by the second wireless access point reported by the terminal with a predetermined signal strength threshold; if the boundary is at the boundary If the signal strength of the channel detection beam is greater than the predetermined signal strength threshold, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are determined to be in a potential cooperative transmission state between the beams. Performing the scheduling information sending step; if the signal strength of the channel detecting beam is less than or equal to the predetermined signal strength threshold, if the signal strength of the channel detecting beam is not within the range of the boundary angle value, the second wireless access point and the second wireless access point A wireless access point is determined not to be in a potential cooperative transmission state between beams, and the scheduling information transmitting step is not performed; wherein the boundary angle value is a boundary of an effective service area supported by the communication beam of the first wireless access point. Corresponding azimuth angle. 一种波束引导装置(500)，应用于网络侧，所述装置包括信道探测波束发射单元(510)、信道探测波束反馈信息接收单元(520)、终端相对方向确定单元(530)和通信波束配置单元(540)；A beam guiding device (500) is applied to a network side, the device comprising a channel detecting beam transmitting unit (510), a channel detecting beam feedback information receiving unit (520), a terminal relative direction determining unit (530), and a communication beam configuration Unit (540); 所述信道探测波束发射单元(510)，设置为使第一和第二无线接入点分别向终端发送信道探测波束；The channel sounding beam transmitting unit (510) is configured to enable the first and second wireless access points to respectively send channel sounding beams to the terminal; 所述信道探测波束反馈信息接收单元(520)，设置为使第一和第二无线接入点中至少一个无线接入点接收所述终端响应所述信道探测波束返回的反馈信息；The channel sounding beam feedback information receiving unit (520) is configured to enable at least one of the first and second wireless access points to receive feedback information that the terminal responds to the channel sounding beam return; 所述终端相对方向确定单元(530)，设置为执行以下至少一种：根据所述终端对第一无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的反馈信息确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；和，根据所述终端对第二无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的反馈信息确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；The terminal relative direction determining unit (530) is configured to perform at least one of: determining, according to the feedback information of the channel sounding beam sent by the terminal to the first wireless access point, between the first wireless access point and the terminal And a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal according to the feedback information of the channel sounding beam sent by the terminal to the second wireless access point; 所述通信波束配置单元(540)，设置为执行以下至少一种：将所述第一无线接入点与终端间的相对方向作为第一无线接入点发射的通信波束的波束指向，通过第一无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束；和，将所述第二无线接入点与终端间的相对方向作为第二无线接入点发射的通信波束的波束指向，通过第二无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束。The communication beam configuration unit (540) is configured to perform at least one of: directing a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal as a beam direction of a communication beam transmitted by the first wireless access point, by using a A wireless access point configures the communication beam on the beam direction; and, the opposite direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal is used as a beam direction of the communication beam transmitted by the second wireless access point, and passes through the second The wireless access point configures the communication beam on the beam pointing. 根据权利要求18所述波束引导装置(500)，其中，所述信道探测波束发射单元(510)是设置为通过如下方式实现使第一和第二无线接入点分别向终端发送信道探测波束：A beam steering device (500) according to claim 18, wherein said channel sounding beam transmitting unit (510) is arranged to cause the first and second wireless access points to respectively transmit channel sounding beams to the terminal by: 使所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第一频带向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射信道探测波束。And causing at least one of the first and second wireless access points to transmit a channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using the first frequency band. 根据权利要求19所述波束引导装置(500)，其中，所述信道探测波束发射单元(510)，是设置为通过如下方式实现使所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第一频带向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射信道探测波束：The beam steering device (500) according to claim 19, wherein said channel sounding beam transmitting unit (510) is configured to enable at least one of said first and second wireless access points to be wirelessly implemented as follows The access point transmits the channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using the first frequency band: 使第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点以瞬时多波束或瞬 时单波束方式向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发射两个或两个以上的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束；Enabling at least one of the first and second wireless access points to instantaneous multiple beams or moments Transmitting, by a single beam mode, two or more channel sounding beams having different beam directions to at least one of the first and second spatial regions; 其中，所述信道探测波束承载波束指示信息，该波束指示信息包括如下至少一种信息：该信道探测波束的波束识别信息、该信道探测波束所属节点信息以及该信道探测波束的指向信息。The channel detection beam carries beam indication information, and the beam indication information includes at least one type of information: beam identification information of the channel sounding beam, node information to which the channel sounding beam belongs, and pointing information of the channel sounding beam. 根据权利要求20所述波束引导装置(500)，其中，由同一个无线接入点依次发射的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的发射功率相同；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束在空间上相邻。A beam steering device (500) according to claim 20, wherein two or more channel sounding beams sequentially transmitted by the same wireless access point have the same transmission power; wherein said two or more The channel sounding beams are spatially adjacent. 根据权利要求19至21任一项所述波束引导装置(500)，其中，所述信道探测波束反馈信息接收单元(520)是设置为：The beam guiding device (500) according to any one of claims 19 to 21, wherein the channel sounding beam feedback information receiving unit (520) is set to: 使所述第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第二频带接收从位于所述第一和第二空间区域中至少一个空间区域中的终端响应所述信道探测波束返回的反馈信息；Having the at least one of the first and second wireless access points receiving, in response to the channel sounding beam, a terminal located in at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a second frequency band Returned feedback information; 其中，所述第一频带的频率高于第二频带的频率；或者，所述第一频带与第二频带是具有不同频率编号的频带；Wherein the frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers; 所述第一空间区域包括第一无线接入点的服务区域和第一无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；The first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point; 所述第二空间区域包括第二无线接入点的服务区域和第二无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；The second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the second wireless access point; 所述第一空间区域与所述第二空间区域之间至少存在部分重叠；At least partial overlap between the first spatial region and the second spatial region; 所述通信波束与信道探测波束使用不同的频率或使用不完全相同的频率。The communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same. 根据权利要求18所述波束引导装置(500)，其中，所述终端相对方向确定单元(530)包括相对方向估计模块，所述相对方向估计模块设置为执行如下任意一种操作步骤：The beam steering device (500) according to claim 18, wherein said terminal relative direction determining unit (530) comprises a relative direction estimating module, said relative direction estimating module being arranged to perform any one of the following operational steps: 比幅测向步骤包括以下至少一种：The specific amplitude measurement step includes at least one of the following: 使用信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率间的比值，结合相应信道探测波束的指向角度，采用比幅 测向法确定终端所在位置相对于特定信道探测波束指向的偏移角度，使用该偏移角度确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第一无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Using the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, the signal amplitude or power ratio of two or more channel sounding beams included, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel detecting beam, using a specific amplitude The direction finding method determines an offset angle of a location of the terminal relative to a specific channel probe beam, and uses the offset angle to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two or more Channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different beam directions; 使用信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率间的比值，结合相应信道探测波束的指向角度，采用比幅测向法确定终端所在位置相对于特定信道探测波束指向的偏移角度，使用该偏移角度确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第二无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Using the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, the ratio of the signal amplitude or power of the two or more channel sounding beams, combined with the pointing angle of the corresponding channel sounding beam, is determined by the amplitude direction finding method to determine the location of the terminal relative to the specific An offset angle of the channel sounding beam pointing, using the offset angle to determine a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are used by the second wireless access Point transmission with different beam pointing; 质心测向步骤包括以下至少一种：The centroid direction finding step includes at least one of the following: 估计信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值的质心位置；结合所述不同信道探测波束的相应波束指向角度，计算所述质心位置的指向角度，使用质心位置的指向角度确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第一无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Estimating the centroid position of the signal amplitude or power value of the two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam; calculating the pointing angle of the centroid position in combination with the corresponding beam pointing angle of the different channel sounding beams Determining, by using a pointing angle of the centroid position, a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different beams direction; 估计信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值的质心位置；结合所述不同信道探测波束的相应波束指向角度，计算所述质心位置的指向角度，使用质心位置的指向角度确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第二无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Estimating the centroid position of the signal amplitude or power value of the two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam; calculating the pointing angle of the centroid position in combination with the corresponding beam pointing angle of the different channel sounding beams Determining a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal using a pointing angle of the centroid position; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the second wireless access point and have different beams direction; 最大值测向步骤包括以下至少一种：The maximum direction finding step includes at least one of the following: 从信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上的信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值中选择最大值，将该最大值对应的信道探测波束的波束指向确定为第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第一无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向；Selecting a maximum value from signal amplitudes or power values of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, and determining a beam direction of the channel sounding beam corresponding to the maximum value as the first wireless access point a relative direction with the terminal, wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the first wireless access point and have different beam directions; 从信道探测波束的反馈信息包含的两个或两个以上信道探测波束的信号幅度或功率值中选择最大值，将该最大值对应的信道探测波束的波束指向确定为第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；其中，所述两个或两个以上的信道探测波束由第二无线接入点发射，且具有不同波束指向。 Selecting a maximum value from signal amplitudes or power values of two or more channel sounding beams included in the feedback information of the channel sounding beam, and determining a beam direction of the channel sounding beam corresponding to the maximum value as a second wireless access point and a relative direction between the terminals; wherein the two or more channel sounding beams are transmitted by the second wireless access point and have different beam directions. 根据权利要求18所述波束引导装置(500)，所述装置(500)还包括：The beam steering device (500) of claim 18, the device (500) further comprising: 控制信息传输模块(550)，设置为在所述第一和第二无线接入点分别向终端发送信道探测波束之前，使第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道进行控制信息的传输。a control information transmission module (550) configured to enable at least one of the first and second wireless access points to be used before the first and second wireless access points respectively transmit channel sounding beams to the terminal The control channel configured on the second frequency band performs control information transmission. 根据权利要求24所述波束引导装置(500)，其中，所述控制信息传输模块(550)是设置为执行如下任意一种操作：A beam steering device (500) according to claim 24, wherein said control information transmission module (550) is arranged to perform any of the following operations: 通过第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送无线接入点指示信号；Transmitting, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, a wireless access point indication signal to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band ; 通过第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的无线终端发送ACK或NACK信号；Transmitting an ACK to a wireless terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band Or NACK signal; 通过第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送信道探测波束的频率位置信息；Transmitting, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, a frequency location of the channel sounding beam to at least one of the first and second spatial regions using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band information; 通过第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息；Transmitting a channel sounding beam transmission time to at least one of the first and second spatial regions by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band Window information 通过第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的终端发送调度指令，该调度指令在第一频带上为通信波束服务的终端指配上行或下行业务信道的时频资源位置；以及Sending a scheduling instruction to a terminal located in at least one of the first spatial area and the second spatial area by using at least one of the first and second wireless access points using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band And the scheduling instruction assigns a time-frequency resource location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel to the terminal served by the communication beam on the first frequency band; 通过第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收所述终端对第一无线接入点或第二无线接入点指示信号的测量上报信息；或，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收所述终端的业务请求信息；Receiving, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, the first wireless access point or the second wireless access point indication signal by the terminal using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band Measuring report information; or, at least one of the first and second wireless access points receives the service request information of the terminal by using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band; 其中，所述无线接入点指示信号承载如下至少一种信息：无线接入点所 对应小区的系统信息块SIB、无线接入点识别信息、无线接入点当前的发射功率信息、无线接入点支持的频带信息、无线接入点当前的频谱使用状态信息以及无线接入点当前的信道配置状态信息。The wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a wireless access point The system information block SIB of the corresponding cell, the wireless access point identification information, the current transmit power information of the wireless access point, the frequency band information supported by the wireless access point, the current spectrum use status information of the wireless access point, and the current wireless access point information. Channel configuration status information. 根据权利要求24或25所述波束引导装置(500)，其中，所述控制信息传输模块(550)使用的配置在第二频带上的控制信道的实现包括如下任意一种实现方式：The beam steering device (500) according to claim 24 or 25, wherein the implementation of the control channel configured on the second frequency band used by the control information transmission module (550) comprises any one of the following implementations: 在宏小区下行信道使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点下行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点在该时频窗口内发送控制信号；Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels on the second frequency band used by the macro cell downlink channel, and the first and second wireless access points transmit control signals in the time-frequency window ; 在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的单频网所使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点下行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点在该时频窗口内发送控制信号；Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point downlink control channels on the second frequency band used by the single frequency network consisting of the first and second wireless access points, the first and second wireless The access point sends a control signal in the time-frequency window; 在宏小区上行信道使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一和第二无线接入点上行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该时频窗口内接收所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息；以及Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first and second wireless access point uplink control channels in a second frequency band used by the macro cell uplink channel, at least one of the first and second wireless access points is at Receiving measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window; 在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的分集接收信道所使用的第二频带上开辟出供第一无线接入点上行控制信道使用的时频窗口，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点在该时频窗口内接收所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息。Generating a time-frequency window for use by the first wireless access point uplink control channel on the second frequency band used by the diversity receiving channel composed of the first and second wireless access points, the first and second wireless access points At least one of the wireless access points receives measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window. 一种波束引导装置(600)，应用于终端侧，所述装置(600)包括：A beam guiding device (600) is applied to a terminal side, and the device (600) includes: 信道探测波束接收单元(610)，设置为使终端接收第一和第二无线接入点分别发送的信道探测波束；The channel sounding beam receiving unit (610) is configured to enable the terminal to receive the channel sounding beams respectively sent by the first and second wireless access points; 信道探测波束反馈单元(620)，设置为使终端向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点发送其响应所述信道探测波束的反馈信息；当向第一无线接入点发送所述反馈信息时，该反馈信息设置为确定第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向，当向第二无线接入点发送所述反馈信息时，该反馈信息用于确定第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向；a channel sounding beam feedback unit (620) configured to cause the terminal to transmit feedback information to the at least one of the first and second wireless access points in response to the channel sounding beam; to the first wireless access When the feedback information is sent, the feedback information is set to determine a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, and when the feedback information is sent to the second wireless access point, the feedback information is used to determine a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal; 业务传输单元(630)，设置为使终端通过通信波束与第一和第二无线 接入点中的至少一个无线接入点进行业务数据传输；a service transmission unit (630) configured to enable the terminal to pass the communication beam with the first and second wireless At least one wireless access point in the access point performs service data transmission; 其中，当终端与第一无线接入点进行业务数据传输时，该通信波束的指向由所述第一无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向确定，并通过第一无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束；当终端与第二无线接入点进行业务数据传输时，，该通信波束的指向由所述第二无线接入点与所述终端间的相对方向确定，并通过第二无线接入点在该波束指向上配置该通信波束。Wherein, when the terminal performs service data transmission with the first wireless access point, the direction of the communication beam is determined by a relative direction between the first wireless access point and the terminal, and is obtained by the first wireless access point. The beam is directed to the communication beam; when the terminal and the second wireless access point perform service data transmission, the direction of the communication beam is determined by a relative direction between the second wireless access point and the terminal, and The communication beam is configured on the beam pointing by a second wireless access point. 根据权利要求27所述波束引导装置(600)，其中，所述信道探测波束接收单元(610)是设置为：使位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种内的所述终端接收第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用第一频带发射的信道探测波束；The beam steering device (600) according to claim 27, wherein said channel sounding beam receiving unit (610) is arranged to: receive said terminal located in at least one of a first spatial region and a second spatial region At least one of the first and second wireless access points uses a channel sounding beam transmitted by the first frequency band; 其中，所述信道探测波束承载波束识别信息，该波束识别信息包括如下至少一种信息：该信道探测波束的波束识别信息、该信道探测波束所属节点信息以及该信道探测波束的指向信息。The channel detection beam carries beam identification information, and the beam identification information includes at least one type of information: beam identification information of the channel sounding beam, node information of the channel sounding beam, and pointing information of the channel sounding beam. 根据权利要求28所述波束引导装置(600)，其中，所述信道探测波束反馈单元(620)是设置为：使位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种内的终端使用第二频带向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点发送其响应所述信道探测波束的反馈信息；A beam steering device (600) according to claim 28, wherein said channel sounding beam feedback unit (620) is arranged to cause a terminal located in at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region to use a second Transmitting, to the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, feedback information responsive to the channel sounding beam; 其中，所述第一频带的频率高于第二频带的频率；或者，所述第一频带与第二频带是具有不同频率编号的频带；Wherein the frequency of the first frequency band is higher than the frequency of the second frequency band; or the first frequency band and the second frequency band are frequency bands having different frequency numbers; 所述第一空间区域包括第一无线接入点的服务区域和第一无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；The first spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the first wireless access point and a neighboring area of the service area of the first wireless access point; 所述第二空间区域包括第二无线接入点的服务区域和第二无线接入点的服务区域的相邻区域中至少一种；所述第一空间区域与所述第二空间区域之间至少存在部分重叠；The second spatial area includes at least one of a service area of the second wireless access point and an adjacent area of the service area of the second wireless access point; between the first space area and the second space area At least partial overlap; 所述通信波束与信道探测波束使用不同的频率或使用不完全相同的频率。The communication beam uses a different frequency than the channel sounding beam or uses a frequency that is not exactly the same. 根据权利要求29所述波束引导装置(600)，所述信道探测波束接收单元(610)还设置为：在一个连续的接收时间窗口内对两个或两个以上 的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束进行接收，并获取与特定信道探测波束相对应的信号强度或功率及波束识别信息。The beam steering device (600) according to claim 29, wherein said channel sounding beam receiving unit (610) is further configured to: for two or more of a continuous reception time window The channel sounding beams with different beam directions are received, and the signal strength or power and beam identification information corresponding to the specific channel sounding beams are acquired. 根据权利要求29所述波束引导装置(600)，所述信道探测波束反馈单元(620)还设置为：在一个连续的反馈时间窗口内对两个或两个以上的具有不同波束指向的信道探测波束各自对应的信号强度或功率及波束识别信息进行反馈发送。The beam steering device (600) of claim 29, wherein said channel sounding beam feedback unit (620) is further configured to: detect two or more channels having different beam directions within a continuous feedback time window The signal strength or power and beam identification information corresponding to each beam are fed back. 根据权利要求29所述波束引导装置(600)，所述装置还包括：The beam steering device (600) of claim 29, further comprising: 控制信息收发模块(640)，设置为在所述终端接收第一和第二无线接入点发送的信道探测波束之前，使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道接收或发送控制信号。The control information transceiver module (640) is configured to receive or transmit a control signal using a control channel configured on the second frequency band before the terminal receives the channel sounding beams transmitted by the first and second wireless access points. 根据权利要求32所述波束引导装置(600)，其中，所述控制信息收发模块(640)使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道接收或发送控制信号，包括如下任意一种实现方式：The beam steering device (600) according to claim 32, wherein the control information transceiver module (640) receives or transmits a control signal using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, including any one of the following implementations: 接收无线接入点指示信号，该无线接入点指示信号由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；Receiving a wireless access point indication signal, the wireless access point indication signal being used by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points to use the downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band to the first and second Sending at least one spatial area in the spatial area; 接收ACK或NACK信号，该ACK或NACK信号由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的无线终端发送；Receiving an ACK or NACK signal, the ACK or NACK signal being used by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points to locate the first spatial region and the second space using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band Transmitting at least one of the wireless terminals in the area; 接收信道探测波束的频率位置信息，该信道探测波束的频率位置信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；Receiving frequency position information of the channel sounding beam, wherein the frequency position information of the channel sounding beam is used by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points to use the downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band to the first sum Transmitting at least one spatial region in the second spatial region; 接收信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息，该信道探测波束的发送时间窗口信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向第一和第二空间区域中的至少一个空间区域发送；Receiving transmission time window information of the channel sounding beam, the transmission time window information of the channel sounding beam is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points, using a downlink control channel configured in the second frequency band Transmitting at least one of the first and second spatial regions; 接收调度指令，该调度指令由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的下行控制信道向位于第一空间区域和第二空间区域中至少一种中的终端发送，该调度指令在第一频带上为通信波束服 务的终端指配上行或下行业务信道的时频资源位置；以及Receiving a scheduling instruction, the scheduling instruction being used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points to use at least one of the first spatial region and the second spatial region using a downlink control channel configured on the second frequency band Transmitting in the terminal, the scheduling instruction is for the communication beam in the first frequency band The terminal of the service assigns the time-frequency resource location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel; 所述控制信息收发模块发送无线接入点指示信号的测量上报信息，该测量上报信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收；或者，所述终端发送业务请求信息，该业务请求信息由第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个无线接入点使用配置在第二频带上的上行控制信道接收；The control information transceiver module sends measurement report information of the wireless access point indication signal, where the measurement report information is used by at least one of the first and second wireless access points to use uplink control configured on the second frequency band. Channel receiving; or, the terminal sends service request information, where the service request information is received by at least one of the first and second wireless access points using an uplink control channel configured on the second frequency band; 其中，所述无线接入点指示信号承载如下至少一种信息：无线接入点所对应小区的系统信息块SIB、无线接入点识别信息、无线接入点当前的发射功率信息、无线接入点支持的频带信息、无线接入点当前的频谱使用状态信息以及无线接入点当前的信道配置状态信息。The wireless access point indication signal carries at least one type of information: a system information block SIB of a cell corresponding to the wireless access point, wireless access point identification information, current transmission power information of the wireless access point, and wireless access. The frequency band information supported by the point, the current spectrum usage status information of the wireless access point, and the current channel configuration status information of the wireless access point. 根据权利要求33所述波束引导装置(600)，所述控制信息收发模块(640)使用配置在第二频带上的控制信道接收或发送控制信号，还包括如下任意一种步骤：The beam guiding device (600) according to claim 33, wherein the control information transceiver module (640) receives or transmits a control signal using a control channel configured on the second frequency band, and further includes any one of the following steps: 在下行控制信道时频窗口内从第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个接收所述控制信号，所述下行控制信道时频窗口开辟在宏小区使用的第二频带上，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个在该下行控制信道时频窗口内发送控制信号；Receiving, by the at least one of the first and second wireless access points, the control signal in a downlink control channel time-frequency window, where the downlink control channel time-frequency window is opened on a second frequency band used by the macro cell, the first sum At least one of the second wireless access points transmits a control signal in a time-frequency window of the downlink control channel; 在下行控制信道时频窗口内从第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个接收控制信号，所述下行控制信道时频窗口开辟在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的单频网信道所使用的第二频带上，第一和第二无线接入点在该下行控制信道时频窗口内发送控制信号；Receiving a control signal from at least one of the first and second wireless access points in a downlink control channel time-frequency window, the downlink control channel time-frequency window opening a single frequency formed by the first and second wireless access points The second frequency band used by the network channel, the first and second wireless access points send control signals in the time-frequency window of the downlink control channel; 在上行控制信道时频窗口内向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个发送控制信号，所述上行控制信道时频窗口开辟在宏小区使用的第二频带上，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个在该上行控制信道时频窗口内接收终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息；以及Transmitting a control signal to at least one of the first and second wireless access points in an uplink control channel time-frequency window, the uplink control channel time-frequency window being opened on a second frequency band used by the macro cell, the first and second wireless At least one of the access points receiving measurement report information or service request information of the terminal in the time-frequency window of the uplink control channel; 在上行控制信道时频窗口内向第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一个发送控制信号，所述上行控制信道时频窗口开辟在由第一和第二无线接入点组成的分集接收信道所使用的第二频带上，第一和第二无线接入点中的至少一 个在该上行控制信道时频窗口内接收所述终端的测量上报信息或业务请求信息。Transmitting a control signal to at least one of the first and second wireless access points within an uplink control channel time-frequency window, the uplink control channel time-frequency window opening a diversity receive channel formed by the first and second wireless access points At least one of the first and second wireless access points on the second frequency band used The measurement report information or the service request information of the terminal is received in the time-frequency window of the uplink control channel. 根据权利要求33所述波束引导装置(600)，所述控制信息收发模块(640)还设置为接收按照如下任意一种步骤发送的调度信息：The beam steering device (600) according to claim 33, wherein the control information transceiver module (640) is further configured to receive scheduling information transmitted according to any one of the following steps: 为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在所述第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization are performed between the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point in at least one of the time intervals The method of transmitting the same scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam; 为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置的第一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization are performed between the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point in at least one of the time intervals The method of transmitting the same scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is a time-frequency position of the uplink or downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal on the first communication beam configured on the first wireless access point; 为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在所述第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；以及Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which at least one time interval, the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point is at the time And using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval to send scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam; 为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置的第一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置。Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which at least one time interval, the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point is at the time The scheduling information is sent to the terminal by using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval in the interval, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies the uplink or downlink service on the first communication beam configured on the first wireless access point. The time-frequency position of the channel. 一种波束间协作传输装置，应用于网络侧，包括：协作传输调度单元(710)和协作通信波束配置单元(720)；其中，An inter-beam coordinated transmission device is applied to the network side, and includes: a cooperative transmission scheduling unit (710) and a cooperative communication beam configuration unit (720); 所述协作传输调度单元(710)，设置为使第二无线接入点使用与第一无线接入点相同的时频资源在第二频带上向所述终端发送调度信息；The cooperative transmission scheduling unit (710) is configured to enable the second wireless access point to send scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band by using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point; 所述协作通信波束配置单元(720)，设置为使第二无线接入点在其与 终端间的相对方向上配置第一通信波束。The cooperative communication beam configuration unit (720) is configured to enable the second wireless access point in its The first communication beam is configured in a relative direction between the terminals. 根据权利要求36所述波束间协作传输装置，其中，所述协作传输调度单元(710)，是设置为执行如下任意一种实施步骤：The inter-beam coordinated transmission apparatus according to claim 36, wherein said cooperative transmission scheduling unit (710) is arranged to perform any one of the following implementation steps: 为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization are performed between the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point in at least one of the time intervals The method of transmitting the same scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam; 为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式向所述终端发送相同的调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置的第一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which time synchronization, frequency synchronization, and symbol synchronization are performed between the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point in at least one of the time intervals The method of transmitting the same scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is a time-frequency position of the uplink or downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal on the first communication beam configured on the first wireless access point; 为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在所述第二通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置；以及Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which at least one time interval, the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point is at the time And using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval to send scheduling information to the terminal, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies a time-frequency location of the uplink or downlink traffic channel on the second communication beam; 为无线接入点与终端间的调度信息传输信道配置时间区间序列，在其中至少一个时间区间内，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送调度信息，第二无线接入点在该时间区间内使用第一无线接入点在该时间区间之前使用的频率向所述终端发送调度信息，该调度信息为终端在第一无线接入点上配置的第一通信波束上指定上行或下行业务信道的时频位置。Configuring a time interval sequence for the scheduling information transmission channel between the wireless access point and the terminal, in which at least one time interval, the first wireless access point interrupts sending scheduling information to the terminal, and the second wireless access point is at the time The scheduling information is sent to the terminal by using the frequency used by the first wireless access point before the time interval in the interval, where the scheduling information is that the terminal specifies the uplink or downlink service on the first communication beam configured on the first wireless access point. The time-frequency position of the channel. 根据权利要求37所述波束间协作传输装置，其中，所述协作通信波束配置单元(720)，是设置为执行如下任意一种实施步骤：The inter-beam coordinated transmission apparatus according to claim 37, wherein said cooperative communication beam configuration unit (720) is configured to perform any one of the following implementation steps: 在调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点之间按照时间同步、频率同步及符号同步的方式分别使用第二通信波束和第一通信波束向所述终端发送相同的业务数据；In the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, the second communication beam and the first wireless access point respectively use the second communication beam and the method according to time synchronization, frequency synchronization and symbol synchronization. Transmitting, by the first communication beam, the same service data to the terminal; 在调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入 点与第一无线接入点之间分别使用第二通信波束和第一通信波束从所述终端接收相同的业务数据；The second radio access is in the time-frequency position of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information. Receiving the same service data from the terminal using the second communication beam and the first communication beam respectively between the point and the first wireless access point; 在调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点中断向所述终端发送业务数据，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据；The first wireless access point interrupts transmitting service data to the terminal at a time-frequency location of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and the second wireless access point passes the second communication at the time-frequency location. Transmitting a service data to the terminal; 在调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点中断从所述终端接收业务数据，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据；The first wireless access point interrupts receiving service data from the terminal at a time-frequency location of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and the second wireless access point passes the second communication at the time-frequency location. The beam receives service data from the terminal; 在调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点使用第一通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据，在调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据；以及The first wireless access point receives the service data from the terminal using the first communication beam, and the time-frequency of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, in the scheduling information, for the time-frequency location of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal. Positionally, the second wireless access point transmits the service data to the terminal through the second communication beam at the time-frequency location; 在调度信息中为终端指定的下行业务信道的时频位置上，第一无线接入点使用第一通信波束向所述终端发送业务数据，在调度信息中为终端指定的上行业务信道的时频位置上，第二无线接入点在该时频位置上通过所述第二通信波束从所述终端接收业务数据。The first wireless access point sends the service data to the terminal by using the first communication beam in the time-frequency position of the downlink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information, and the time-frequency of the uplink traffic channel specified by the terminal in the scheduling information. Positionally, the second wireless access point receives service data from the terminal through the second communication beam at the time-frequency location. 根据权利要求36所述波束间协作传输装置，所述装置还包括：The inter-beam cooperative transmission device of claim 36, the device further comprising: 波束间潜在协作传输状态判断单元(730)，设置为在第二无线接入点使用与第一无线接入点相同的时频资源在第二频带上向所述终端发送调度信息之前，进行波束间潜在协作传输状态判断。The inter-beam potential cooperative transmission state determining unit (730) is configured to perform beam before the second wireless access point sends the scheduling information to the terminal on the second frequency band by using the same time-frequency resource as the first wireless access point. Potential collaborative transmission status judgment. 根据权利要求40所述波束间协作传输装置，其中，所述波束间潜在协作传输状态判断单元(730)是设置为执行如下任意一种操作步骤：The inter-beam coordinated transmission apparatus according to claim 40, wherein said inter-beam potential cooperative transmission state determining unit (730) is configured to perform any one of the following operational steps: 将第二无线接入点与终端的相对角度与边界角度值相比较，若在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，则将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，执行调度信息发送步骤；若不在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为不处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，不执行调度信息发送步骤；其中，所述边界角度值为第一无线接入点的通信波束支持的有效服务区域的边界所对应的方位角度； 以及Comparing the relative angle between the second wireless access point and the terminal with the boundary angle value, and if the angle is within the range of the boundary angle value, determining that the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are Performing a scheduling information transmission step between the beams; performing the scheduling information sending step; if the angle is not within the range of the boundary angle value, determining that the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are not in the potential cooperative transmission state between the beams The scheduling information sending step is not performed; wherein the boundary angle value is an azimuth angle corresponding to a boundary of an effective service area supported by the communication beam of the first wireless access point; as well as 将第二无线接入点与终端的相对角度与边界角度值相比较，并且将终端上报的第二无线接入点发送的信道探测波束的信号强度与预定信号强度门限相比较，若在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，并且所述信道探测波束的信号强度大于所述预定信号强度门限，则将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，执行调度信息发送步骤；若不在该边界角度值表述的角度范围之内，或者所述信道探测波束的信号强度小于或等于所述预定信号强度门限，将第二无线接入点与第一无线接入点判为不处于波束间潜在协作传输状态，不执行调度信息发送步骤；其中，所述边界角度值为第一无线接入点的通信波束支持的有效服务区域的边界所对应的方位角度。 Comparing the relative angle of the second wireless access point and the terminal with the boundary angle value, and comparing the signal strength of the channel sounding beam sent by the second wireless access point reported by the terminal with a predetermined signal strength threshold, if at the boundary If the signal strength of the channel detection beam is greater than the predetermined signal strength threshold, the second wireless access point and the first wireless access point are determined to be in a potential cooperative transmission state between the beams. And performing a scheduling information sending step; if the signal strength of the channel detecting beam is less than or equal to the predetermined signal strength threshold, if the signal strength of the channel detecting beam is not within the range of the boundary value, the second wireless access point and the first wireless The access point is determined not to be in a potential coordinated transmission state between the beams, and the scheduling information sending step is not performed; wherein the boundary angle value is an azimuth angle corresponding to a boundary of an effective service area supported by the communication beam of the first wireless access point; .
PCT/CN2017/098345 2016-08-19 2017-08-21 Beam guidance method, and inter-beam coordinated transmission method and apparatus Ceased WO2018033162A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201610697309.X 2016-08-19
CN201610697309.XA CN107769829B (en) 2016-08-19 2016-08-19 Beam guiding method, and inter-beam cooperative transmission method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018033162A1 true WO2018033162A1 (en) 2018-02-22

Family

ID=61196381

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/098345 Ceased WO2018033162A1 (en) 2016-08-19 2017-08-21 Beam guidance method, and inter-beam coordinated transmission method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN107769829B (en)
WO (1) WO2018033162A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN119511189A (en) * 2023-11-30 2025-02-25 南京长峰航天电子科技有限公司 A direction finding method and device based on subarray-level digital multi-beam

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019233830A1 (en) * 2018-06-06 2019-12-12 Sony Corporation Coexistence of radar probing and wireless communication
CN109041069B (en) * 2018-07-02 2025-02-28 杭州吉吉知识产权运营有限公司 Method and system for adjusting router signal coverage
CN110933745B (en) * 2018-09-19 2023-05-09 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Method and equipment for large-scale antenna transmission
CN109921839B (en) * 2018-11-30 2021-04-20 航天科工空间工程发展有限公司 Frequency reuse method of hopping beam communication system
EP3932133B1 (en) * 2020-05-19 2023-09-20 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Transmitter device, and methods for controlling transmitter device
EP4307271A4 (en) * 2021-03-10 2024-04-17 Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD
CN119497126A (en) * 2023-08-16 2025-02-21 华为技术有限公司 Signal strength measurement system, method and device

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1518288A (en) * 2003-01-15 2004-08-04 华为技术有限公司 A method for sending downlink data from an access point in a wireless local area network
CN1685749A (en) * 2002-09-30 2005-10-19 美商智慧财产权授权股份有限公司 Wireless local area network antenna control method and device
CN102917448A (en) * 2011-08-03 2013-02-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 System, device and method for transmitting cell information
CN103716855A (en) * 2013-12-31 2014-04-09 乐视致新电子科技（天津）有限公司 Data transmission method of wireless workstation of intelligent television

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100124210A1 (en) * 2008-11-14 2010-05-20 Ralink Technology Corporation Method and system for rf transmitting and receiving beamforming with gps guidance
CN101753191A (en) * 2008-12-05 2010-06-23 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method, system and device for coordinating multi-cell interference suppression
CN101841851B (en) * 2009-03-18 2013-06-12 电信科学技术研究院 Method and device for multi-cell data transmission
CN103178886B (en) * 2011-12-21 2017-12-26 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Beam form-endowing method, communication station and movement station
CN102841333B (en) * 2012-09-03 2014-07-09 西安电子科技大学 CPU (Central Processing Unit) realizing method based on amplitude-comparison direction finding of multi-frequency point omnibearing passive radar
KR102024059B1 (en) * 2012-11-14 2019-09-24 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving a scheduling channel in a wireless communication system using beam forming
US9125074B2 (en) * 2013-03-31 2015-09-01 Xiao-an Wang Coordinated multi-point transmission and multi-user MIMO

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1685749A (en) * 2002-09-30 2005-10-19 美商智慧财产权授权股份有限公司 Wireless local area network antenna control method and device
CN1518288A (en) * 2003-01-15 2004-08-04 华为技术有限公司 A method for sending downlink data from an access point in a wireless local area network
CN102917448A (en) * 2011-08-03 2013-02-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 System, device and method for transmitting cell information
CN103716855A (en) * 2013-12-31 2014-04-09 乐视致新电子科技（天津）有限公司 Data transmission method of wireless workstation of intelligent television

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN119511189A (en) * 2023-11-30 2025-02-25 南京长峰航天电子科技有限公司 A direction finding method and device based on subarray-level digital multi-beam

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN107769829B (en) 2022-08-26
CN107769829A (en) 2018-03-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018033162A1 (en) Beam guidance method, and inter-beam coordinated transmission method and apparatus
US10412767B2 (en) System and method for initial attachment in a communications system utilizing beam-formed signals
US10454551B2 (en) Communication method and apparatus for configuring measurement parameters using beamforming
EP3972149B1 (en) Rach conveyance of dl synchronization beam information for various dl-ul correspondence states
EP3456084B1 (en) System and method for managing neighbors in a communications system with beamforming
US10966141B2 (en) Millimeter wave access architecture with cluster of access points
KR100742584B1 (en) A primary station utilizing beam forming and sweeping for common and dedicated channels
CN108566667B (en) WTRU and method for the same
EP1518331B1 (en) Primary station for efficiently covering a sectorized cell utilizing beam forming and sweeping
US20180048442A1 (en) System and Method for User Equipment Operations Management
US10856162B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting indication of cell coverage in wireless communication system
EP4193638A1 (en) Systems and methods forangular direction indication in wireless communication
KR20190068558A (en) Receiver beamforming for measurements
JP2023536058A (en) Unilateral Beam Management for Bistatic Air Interface Based Radio Frequency Sensing in Millimeter Wave Systems
KR20180091351A (en) Method and apparatus for beam searching and management in a wireless communication system
US11419016B2 (en) Methods and arrangements for measurement based mobility
WO2015020468A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting cell shaping indication in wireless communication system
JP2018528676A (en) Reception of multiple uplink control messages in the same time slot
WO2022036541A1 (en) Network coordination for management of sensing interference
WO2019028727A1 (en) Apparatus and methods for radio link monitoring and failure handling with multiple dl control channels in nr
WO2014185695A1 (en) Method and apparatus for allocating physical cell identities in wireless communication system
US11343851B2 (en) Method and apparatus for managing carrier sensing
ES2726150T3 (en) Procedure to acquire spatial characteristic information of channel, and base station

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17841134

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17841134

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1